As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 2004
                                                           Registration No. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               SE Financial Corp.
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          (Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in charter)


            Pennsylvania                      6035              Applied For
- -------------------------------------    -----------------   ------------------
(State or other jurisdiction             (Primary SIC No.)    (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)

       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices and
                          principal place of business)

                         Mr. Frank S. DePaolo, President
       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:

    Samuel J. Malizia, Esq.                  Kent Krudys, Esq.
    Tiffany A. Hasselman, Esq.               LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, P.C.
    MALIZIA SPIDI & FISCH, PC                5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
    1100 New York Ave., N.W.                 Suite 400
    Suite 340 West                           Washington, DC 20015-2005
    Washington, D.C.  20005                  (202) 274-2000
    (202) 434-4660

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

      If this Form is filed to register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

      If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

      If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]



                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of Each          Shares   Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum    Amount of
Class of Securities     to be    Offering Price     Aggregate      Registration
To Be Registered     Registered     Per Unit      Offering Price      Fee(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
Common Stock,
$0.10 Par Value       2,314,375       $10.00        $23,143,750       $1,872.33

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o).


      The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
      dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
      shall  file a  further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this
      registration  statement shall  thereafter  become  effective in accordance
      with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the  registration
      statement shall become  effective on such date as the  Commission,  acting
      pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



PROSPECTUS                                             [SE Financial Corp. logo]


                               SE FINANCIAL CORP.
        (Proposed Holding Company for St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank)

                     Up to 2,012,500 Shares of Common Stock

         SE  Financial  Corp.  is offering  for sale up to  2,012,500  shares of
common  stock at  $10.00  per share in  connection  with the  conversion  of St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank from a federal  mutual savings bank to a federal
stock savings bank. As part of the conversion, St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank
will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SE Financial Corp.

         We are offering for sale up to 2,012,500 shares of common stock. We may
sell up to  2,314,375  shares  because of  changes  in the  market  and  general
financial and economic conditions without notifying prospective  purchasers.  We
must sell a minimum of 1,487,500 shares in order to complete the offering.
 The minimum  purchase is 25 shares.  The maximum  purchase  for any person,  or
persons through a single account,  is 10,000 shares. The offering is expected to
terminate on ___________,  2004 at 12:00 noon,  eastern time. We may extend this
termination date without notice to you until ___________,  2004. Once submitted,
orders are  irrevocable  unless the offering is  terminated  or extended  beyond
___________,  2004. In no event may the offering be extended beyond ___________,
2006.  Funds  received  prior to  completion  of the offering will be held in an
escrow account at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank and will earn interest at
the savings account rate. In the event the offering is terminated, funds will be
promptly returned with interest.

         There is currently no public market for the stock.  SE Financial  Corp.
anticipates that the stock will be quoted on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board.
See Market for the Stock on page ___ of this document.

         Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. will use its best efforts to assist us
in selling our common stock.  Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. is not obligated
to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered.

    This investment involves risk, including the possible loss of principal.
                Please read "Risk Factors" beginning on page __.

                                                                  Maximum, as
                                         Minimum       Maximum      Adjusted
                                         -------       -------    -----------
Number of Shares...................    1,487,500      2,012,500     2,314,375
Estimated Offering Expenses........     $437,000       $485,000      $513,000
Estimated Net Proceeds.............  $14,438,000    $19,640,000   $22,630,750
Estimated Net Proceeds Per Share...        $9.71          $9.76         $9.78

         These  securities  are not  deposits  or savings  accounts  and are not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation or any other
governmental agency.

         Neither the  Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the Office of Thrift
Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities
regulator  has approved or  disapproved  these  securities or determined if this
prospectus  is accurate or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

     For assistance, please contact the conversion center at (215) ___-____

                        Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.

                  The date of this prospectus is March __, 2004


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Summary.........................................................................
Risk Factors....................................................................
Use of Proceeds.................................................................
Dividend Policy.................................................................
Market for the Stock............................................................
Capitalization..................................................................
Pro Forma Data..................................................................
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance ....................................
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data..................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations................................
Business of SE Financial Corp...................................................
Business of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank ..................................
Regulation......................................................................
Taxation........................................................................
Management......................................................................
The Conversion..................................................................
The Stock Offering..............................................................
Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp................................
Description of Capital Stock....................................................
Legal and Tax Opinions..........................................................
Experts.........................................................................
Registration Requirements.......................................................
Where You Can Find Additional Information.......................................
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements......................................




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

This summary  highlights  selected  information  from this  document and may not
contain all the  information  that is important to you. To understand  the stock
offering fully,  you should read this entire document  carefully,  including the
consolidated  financial  statements and the notes to the financial statements of
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank beginning on page F-1.

                               SE Financial Corp.

                          1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue
                             Philadelphia, PA 19148
                                 (215) 468-1700

         SE Financial Corp. is a new company incorporated under Pennsylvania law
and has not engaged in any  significant  business to date. Its primary  activity
will be owning all the stock of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank  (sometimes
referred to herein as the "Bank"). It will invest its initial  capitalization as
discussed under Use of Proceeds on page ___. In the future,  it may pursue other
business   activities,   including   the   addition   of  branch   offices   and
diversification  of operations.  There are,  however,  no current  arrangements,
understandings or agreements for these activities. See page ___.

                        St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank

         St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank is a  federally-chartered  mutual
savings bank. It is converting from the mutual to the stock form of ownership as
part of the conversion. At October 31, 2003, the Bank had total assets, deposits
and  retained  earnings  of $87.4  million,  $72.3  million  and  $7.7  million,
respectively.  Approximately  58.1% of total  assets were  comprised of loans at
October 31, 2003.

         St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank was originally  chartered in 1912 as
St.   Edmond's   Building   and  Loan   Association.   In  1995,   it  became  a
federally-chartered  savings bank. The Bank's deposits are federally  insured by
the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund as  administered by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. The Bank is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision
and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented  savings  organization,  providing
traditional retail banking services. The Bank's lending products include one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans (including investor loans and mixed-use
loans),  multi-family  mortgage  loans,  commercial  real estate mortgage loans,
construction loans, home equity loans,  savings account loans and other consumer
loans.  The  Bank's  primary  source  of funds  for its  lending  and  investing
activities  is  deposits,  with a focus on  certificates  of  deposit.  The Bank
conducts  its  operations  through  its main  office  located  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania and a branch office located in Sewell,  New Jersey. See Business of
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank beginning on page __.

Business Strategy.

         Our business strategy is to grow and improve our profitability by:

          o    Emphasizing one- to four-family  residential real estate lending,
               while  continuing to originate  multi-family  and commercial real
               estate lending;

          o    Increasing our assets;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        1



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          o    Utilizing  the capital  raised in the offering to help manage our
               interest rate risk;

          o    Offering new products and services to our customers; and

          o    Maintaining high asset quality.

         A full description of our products and services begins on page ____.

How the Conversion Will Occur.

         We will effect the  conversion by exchanging  the Bank's federal mutual
savings  bank  charter for a federal  stock  savings bank charter and becoming a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of SE  Financial  Corp.  On  the  effective  date,  SE
Financial  Corp. will commence  business as a savings and loan holding  company,
and St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank will  continue  its  business but as a
federally-chartered stock savings bank. See pages ___ to ___.

Reasons for the Conversion.

         Over the past several  years,  the Board of  Directors of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank has  extensively  discussed both long-range and short-range
business  strategies to achieve  profitability  and growth.  The Board concluded
that  operation in the future as a mutual thrift would limit the Bank's  ability
to raise capital and to compete in a changing  business  environment.  The Board
has therefore  determined that it is in the best interest of the Bank to convert
to a stock  association.  The business  purposes for the conversion  include the
following:

o    The  proceeds  from the sale of common  stock of SE  Financial  Corp.  will
     provide the Bank with additional equity capital,  which will support future
     deposit growth and expanded  operations.  While the Bank currently  exceeds
     its regulatory capital  requirements,  the sale of stock in connection with
     the conversion,  coupled with the accumulation of earnings,  less dividends
     or other reductions in capital,  from year to year,  represents a means for
     the orderly  preservation  and expansion of the Bank's  capital  base,  and
     allows it flexibility to respond to sudden and unanticipated capital needs.

o    We will be in a position  after the  conversion  and  offering,  subject to
     regulatory limitations and our financial position, to take advantage of any
     expansion  or  diversification  opportunities  that may arise.  The holding
     company  form of  organization  is expected  to provide us with  additional
     flexibility to diversify our business  activities through existing or newly
     formed subsidiaries, or through acquisitions or mergers. However, we do not
     have any current  arrangements,  understandings or agreements regarding any
     such opportunities.

Our Use of the Proceeds Raised from the Sale of Stock.

         SE Financial  Corp.  will use at least 50% of the net proceeds from the
offering to purchase  all of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  stock.  SE
Financial  Corp.  will also lend St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank's employee
stock ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy 8% of the shares sold in the
offering.  The  balance  will  be  retained  as  SE  Financial  Corp.'s  initial
capitalization  and  used for  general  business  purposes,  which  may  include
investment in securities,  paying cash dividends or  repurchasing  shares of its
common stock.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        2



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The funds received by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be used
for  general  business  purposes,  including  originating  loans and  purchasing
securities.  In addition,  the Bank may also use the proceeds of the offering to
expand either through opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The Bank does not,
however,  have any current  arrangements,  understandings  or agreements for the
expansion of its branch offices. See Use of Proceeds beginning on page ___.

$10.00  Per  Share  Stock  Price  and the  Number  of Shares to be Issued in the
Conversion

         As mandated by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the
number of shares  offered is determined by an  independent  appraisal of the pro
forma estimated  market value of our stock performed by FinPro,  Inc. divided by
the  purchase  price of $10.00.  The amount of stock  sold in this  offering  is
required  by  regulation  to be based  upon an  independent  appraisal  which is
reviewed by the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  The appraisal is reviewed but is
not approved by the Board of Directors.

         FinPro  has  determined  that as of January  20,  2004,  our  estimated
aggregate  pro forma  market  value  was $17.5  million,  the  mid-point  of the
valuation  range.  Pursuant to regulations,  this value must be within a minimum
valuation range of $14.9 million and a maximum valuation range of $20.1 million,
subject to adjustment.

         The following table shows SE Financial  Corp.'s pro forma price to core
earnings  multiple  and pro forma price to tangible  book ratio at the  minimum,
midpoint,  maximum and maximum, as adjusted of the offering range. See Pro Forma
Data on page __ for a description of the assumptions used in calculating the pro
forma price to core  earnings  multiples  and pro forma  price to tangible  book
ratios for SE Financial Corp.




                                                            Pro Forma         Pro Forma
                                                          Price to Core       Price to
                                                             Earnings         Tangible
                                                             Multiple        Book Ratio
                                                             --------        ----------
                                                                      
SE Financial Corp.:
     Minimum (1,487,500 shares sold)....................      23.26x          73.15%
     Midpoint (1,750,000 shares sold)...................      27.03x          77.40%
     Maximum (2,012,500 shares sold)....................      30.30x          80.84%
     Maximum, as adjusted (2,314,375 shares sold).......      34.48x          84.10%


         The independent  valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,
as a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing the common
stock.  The independent  appraisal does not indicate  market value.  Because the
independent  valuation  is based on  estimates  and  projections  on a number of
matters,  all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can
be given that  persons  purchasing  the common  stock will be able to sell their
shares at a price equal to or greater than the purchase price.  See Risk Factors
- - You may not be able to sell your  shares when you desire or for $10.00 or more
per share on page ___ and Pro Forma  Data on page ___ and The Stock  Offering  -
Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered on page ___.

         We  received  authorization  from the Office of Thrift  Supervision  on
March __, 2004, based on the independent  valuation,  to issue between a minimum
of 1,487,500 shares and a maximum of 2,012,500 shares. The independent valuation
must be updated and confirmed by FinPro,  Inc.  before we may complete the stock
offering.  Any changes in the appraisal would be subject to regulatory approval.
The maximum  amount of common stock being  offered may be increased by up to 15%
without  notice to persons  who have  subscribed  for stock,  so that a total of
2,314,375 shares could be issued. If the updated independent

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        3



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

valuation  would result in more than 2,314,375  shares being issued,  we will be
required to notify all persons who have  subscribed  and such persons would have
the opportunity to change or cancel their  subscription  orders,  and, unless an
affirmative  response is received,  a  subscriber's  funds will be returned with
interest at St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's regular savings account rate.

The Amount of Stock You May Purchase.

Minimum purchase           = 25 shares
Maximum purchase           = 10,000 shares

The  maximum  number of shares that any  individual  (or  individuals  through a
single  account) may purchase is 10,000.  The maximum  number of shares that any
individual (or individuals  through a single account) may purchase together with
any associate or group of persons acting in concert is 20,000 shares.



The Offering.

         You might not receive any or all of the stock you request. St. Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank has granted  subscription  rights in the following order of
priority:

o    Priority 1 - depositors of St. Edmond' Federal Savings Bank at the close of
     business on December 31, 2002, with deposits of at least $50.00.

o    Priority 2 - the tax qualified employee stock benefit plans of St. Edmond's
     Federal Savings Bank.

o    Priority 3 - depositors of St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank at the close
     of business on December 31, 2003 with deposits of at least $50.00.

o    Priority  4 -  depositors  as of  February  __,  2004 and  borrowers  as of
     September 29, 1995 who continue as borrowers as of the close of business on
     February __, 2004.

         The subscription  offering will terminate at 12:00 noon,  eastern time,
on ____________,  2004. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you
for up to 45 days,  until  ____________,  2004.  Once  submitted,  your order is
irrevocable  unless the offering is extended beyond  ____________,  2004. We may
request  permission from the Office of Thrift Supervision to extend the offering
beyond  ____________,  2004, but in no event may the offering be extended beyond
____________,  2006. If the offering is extended beyond  ____________,  2004, we
will be required to notify each subscriber and resolicit  subscriptions.  During
any extension period, subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their
subscriptions,  and, unless an affirmative  response is received, a subscriber's
funds will be returned  with interest at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's
regular savings account rate.

         We may cancel the offering at any time prior to the special  meeting of
members  of the Bank to vote on the plan of  conversion.  If we do,  orders  for
common stock already  submitted will be canceled and subscribers'  funds will be
returned with interest.

         We may also offer  shares of common stock in a community  offering.  In
the community offering,  people who reside in Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania
and Gloucester County,  New Jersey will have first preference.  This part of the
offering may commence  concurrently  with the subscription  offering or any time
thereafter  and may  terminate  at any time  without  notice  but no later  than
____________, 2004.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        4



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Shares  not  sold in the  subscription  or  community  offering  may be
offered for sale in a syndicated community offering,  which would be an offering
to the general  public on a best efforts basis by a syndicate of broker  dealers
managed  by Sandler  O'Neill &  Partners,  L.P.  This part of the  offering  may
terminate at any time without notice but no later than ____________, 2004.

         You  cannot  transfer  your  subscription  rights.  If you  attempt  to
transfer  your  rights,  you may lose the right to  purchase  shares  and may be
subject to criminal prosecution and/or other sanctions.  Shares purchased in the
subscription  offering must be registered in the names of all  depositors on the
qualifying account(s). Deleting depositors or adding non-depositors or otherwise
altering the form of beneficial ownership of a qualifying account will result in
a loss of subscription rights.

         We have the  right  to  reject  any  orders  of stock in the  community
offering and syndicated  community  offering.  We have described the offering in
greater detail beginning on page ___.

Stock Benefit Plans for Management.

         In order to tie our  employees',  officers'  and  directors'  interests
closer to our  stockholders'  interests,  we intend to establish certain benefit
plans that use our stock as  compensation.  Officers,  directors,  and employees
will not be  required  to pay cash in  exchange  for shares  received  under the
employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") or restricted shares but will be required
to pay the exercise price to exercise options.

         The following table presents information  regarding the participants in
each plan, the total amount,  the percentage,  and the dollar value of the stock
that  we  intend  to set  aside  for  the  employee  stock  ownership  plan  and
stock-based  incentive  plans.  The table below  assumes  the sale of  1,750,000
shares in the  offering.  It is assumed that the value of the stock in the table
is  $10.00  per  share.  See pages  ___ to ___ for more  information,  including
regulatory  restrictions  on the  maximum  amount of benefits  participants  may
receive and the rate at which benefits may be earned under the incentive plans.



                                                  Estimated                     Percentage of
                                                    Value           Number     Total Shares Sold
                                   Participants   of Shares       of Shares    in the Offering
                                   ------------   ---------       ---------    -----------------
                                                                         
Employee Stock Ownership Plan....  Employees     $1,400,000         140,000           8.0%
Stock-Based Incentive Plans:
         Stock Awards............  Officers and     700,000          70,000           4.0
                                   Directors
         Stock Options...........  Officers and
                                   Directors              - (1)     175,000          10.0%
                                                 ----------         -------          ----
              Total..............                $2,100,000         385,000          22.0%
                                                 ==========         =======          ====


- ----------
(1)      Options are given no value because their  exercise  price will be equal
         to the fair  market  value  of the  stock  on the day the  options  are
         granted.  As a result,  anyone who receives an option will only benefit
         from the  option  if the price of the stock  rises  above the  exercise
         price and the option is exercised.

         Stockholders  will  experience  a reduction  or  dilution in  ownership
interest  of  approximately  12.3% if we use  newly-issued  shares to fund stock
options and stock awards made under these plans (dilution of approximately  9.1%
for the stock option plan and 3.8% for the  restricted  stock  plan).  It is our
intention to fund these plans through open market purchases.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        5



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend Policy.

         We intend to consider paying cash dividends  after the conversion.  The
timing,  amount and  frequency  will be  determined  by the Board of  Directors.
However,  there is no assurance  that such funds will be used to pay  dividends.
There are also restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. See Use of Proceeds
beginning on page ___ and Dividend Policy on page ___.

Conditions to Be Satisfied to Complete the Offering and Issue the Stock.

         The following  must occur before we can complete the offering and issue
our stock:

o    We must  receive  all the  required  approvals  from the  Office  of Thrift
     Supervision;
o    St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's members must approve the conversion by
     majority of votes eligible to be cast; and
o    We must sell at least the minimum number of shares offered.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management.

         Our directors and executive  officers,  together with their associates,
are  expected  to  purchase  approximately  __________  shares  of  stock in the
offering,  _____% if a total of __________  shares are sold.  The purchase price
paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share  price paid by all other  persons
who purchase  shares of common stock in the offering.  Purchases of common stock
in the offering by these persons will be counted toward the minimum of 1,487,500
shares that must be sold in order to complete the conversion  and offering.  See
page ___.

Market for the Stock.

         We expect the stock to be traded on the  over-the-counter  market  with
quotations  available  on the  OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board.  Prior  to this
offering,  there has not been a public  market for the  stock,  and it is highly
unlikely  that an active and liquid  trading  market for the stock will develop.
The lack of an active  and  liquid  trading  market  may  adversely  affect  the
liquidity and price of the stock. See Market for the Stock.

Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp.

         Our articles of  incorporation  and bylaws contain  provisions that may
make it difficult  for someone to acquire  control of SE Financial  Corp.  These
provisions  may  discourage  takeover  attempts and prevent you from receiving a
premium  over the  market  price of your  shares  as part of a  takeover.  These
provisions include:

          o    restrictions on the acquisition of our stock;
          o    limitations on voting rights;
          o    the  election of only  approximately  one-fourth  of our Board of
               Directors each year;
          o    restrictions  on the  ability  of  stockholders  to call  special
               stockholders' meetings;
          o    restrictions on the ability of  stockholders to make  stockholder
               proposals or nominate persons for election as directors;
          o    the right of the Board of  Directors to issue shares of preferred
               or common stock without stockholder approval; and
          o    the requirement of an 80% vote of  stockholders  for the approval
               of business  combinations not approved by two-thirds of the Board
               of Directors.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        6



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See Restrictions on Acquisition of SE Financial Corp. on page ___.

         Additionally,  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  and policies
prohibit anyone from acquiring us for three years after the  conversion,  unless
such prohibition is waived by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Receiving a Prospectus and an Order Form

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to the expiration  date or otherwise  distributed any later than
two prior to the  expiration  date.  Execution  of the order  form will  confirm
receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order forms will only be
distributed with a prospectus.

     For assistance, please contact the conversion center at (215) ___-____.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        7



                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
common stock.

The relatively small amount of stock being offered makes it highly unlikely that
an active and liquid trading market for the stock will exist,  and the liquidity
and price of the stock may be adversely affected by a limited trading market.

         Prior to this offering, SE Financial Corp. has not offered its stock to
the public. Consequently,  there is not, at this time, any market for the stock.
Due to the relatively small size of the offering to the public, an active market
for the stock may not exist  after the  offering.  This  means that there may be
limited  secondary market liquidity for our stock.  This might make it difficult
for you to buy or sell the stock after the initial offering which may negatively
affect the price of the stock and cause  significant  volatility in the price of
our  stock.  Following  the  completion  of the  offering,  we  anticipate  that
quotations for our stock will be available on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board.
See Market for the Stock on page __.

         The liquidity of the trading market for our stock will also be affected
by the amount of stock  purchased by our directors  and  executive  officers and
their  associates,  who  may  purchase  approximately  ________  shares  in  the
offering,  which represents ___%, ___%, and ___% of the total  outstanding stock
after the offering at the minimum,  midpoint and maximum of the offering  range,
respectively.  Shares  purchased by directors and executive  officers  cannot be
sold  for  a  period  of  one  year  following  the  offering.  Furthermore,  if
stockholders  of SE Financial  Corp.  approve the restricted  stock plan and the
stock option plan, and if all shares  reserved  under the restricted  stock plan
are awarded and all options reserved under the stock option plan are awarded and
exercised,  insider ownership would increase. In addition,  St. Edmond's Federal
Savings  Bank's  employee  stock  ownership  plan will  purchase up to 8% of the
shares  issued in the  offering  and such shares will be held in trust,  further
limiting the publicly traded shares.

Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

         Our  ability  to make a  profit  largely  depends  on our net  interest
income,  which could be negatively  affected by changes in interest  rates.  Net
interest income is the difference between:

o    the  interest  income  we  earn  on our  interest-earning  assets,  such as
     mortgage loans and investment securities; and

o    the interest expense we pay on our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such as
     deposits and amounts we borrow.

         The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities
are  generally  fixed for a  contractual  period of time.  We, like many savings
institutions,   have  liabilities   that  generally  have  shorter   contractual
maturities  than our assets.  This  imbalance  can create  significant  earnings
volatility,  because  market  interest  rates  change over time.  In a period of
rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase
as rapidly as the  interest  paid on our  liabilities.  In a period of declining
interest  rates,  the interest  income  earned on our assets may  decrease  more
rapidly than the interest paid on our liabilities.  See Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations - Management of
Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk on page ___.

                                        8



         In addition, changes in interest rates can also affect the average life
of loans and  mortgage-backed  and related  securities.  A reduction in interest
rates results in increased  prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related
securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing
cost.  This  causes  reinvestment  risk.  This  means that we may not be able to
reinvest  prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the
prepaid  loans  or  securities.  Additionally,  in a  rising  rate  environment,
prepayments would decrease, extending the average life of our assets.

Our return on equity after the offering may be low; this may  negatively  affect
the price of our stock.

         The net proceeds  from the  offering  will  substantially  increase our
equity capital.  It will take a significant  period of time to prudently  invest
this capital.  For the year ended October 31, 2003, our return on average equity
was 7.23%. On a pro forma basis assuming that 1,750,000  shares had been sold at
the  beginning  of the fiscal  year,  our return on average  equity for the year
ended October 31, 2003 would have been  approximately  2.41%.  As a result,  our
return on  equity,  which is the ratio of our  earnings  divided  by our  equity
capital,  may be lower than that of similar  companies.  To the extent  that the
stock  market  values a company  based in part on its return on equity,  our low
return on equity relative to our peer group could negatively  affect the trading
price of our stock.

The expenses  related to our stock-based  benefit plans and the expenses related
to being a public company will reduce our earnings.

         We  intend to adopt an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as part of the
stock offering.  We also intend to adopt other  stock-based  benefit plans.  The
money that we use to buy stock to fund our stock-based benefit plans will not be
available for investment and will increase our future expenses. In addition, the
public company costs of preparing  reports for  stockholders  and the Securities
and Exchange  Commission will cause our expenses to be higher than they would be
if we did not conduct the stock  offering and become a public  company.  See Pro
Forma Data on page __ and Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.

The  future  expenses  related to the Bank's  incentive  compensation  plan will
impact our future earnings.

         The Bank implemented an Incentive Retirement Plan, effective January 1,
2004,  to  reward  key  management  and the  Board of  Directors  for  achieving
strategic goals of the Bank,  including  long-term  growth of net income.  Under
such plan,  units are awarded to plan  participants and the future value of such
units will be based upon accumulated  future earnings of the Bank. The aggregate
value of such  units  awarded  will  equal up to 10% of the  accumulated  future
earnings of the Bank. This plan is expected to reduce our future  earnings.  See
Management - Incentive Retirement Plan on page __.

The  implementation  of  stock-based  benefit  plans may dilute  your  ownership
interest in SE Financial Corp.

         We intend to adopt a stock  option  plan and a  restricted  stock  plan
following the stock  offering.  These stock benefit plans will be funded through
either open market  purchases  or from the issuance of  authorized  but unissued
shares.  Stockholders  would experience a reduction in ownership interest in the
event newly issued  shares are used to fund stock  options and awards made under
the  restricted  stock plan. The use of newly issued shares of stock to fund the
restricted  stock plan instead of open market  purchases would dilute the voting
interests  of existing  stockholders  by  approximately  3.8%.  The use of newly
issued

                                        9



shares of stock to fund the stock option plan  instead of open market  purchases
would dilute the voting  interests  of existing  stockholders  by  approximately
9.1%. See Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.

The Bank originates "investor loans" as well as commercial real estate loans and
intends to  continue  its  origination  of such loans  after the  offering.  The
repayment  risk related to these types of loans is considered to be greater than
the risk related to mortgage  loans on  owner-occupied  one-to-four  residential
properties.

         At  October  31,  2003,  approximately  $10.9  million  of  the  Bank's
one-to-four   family   mortgage   loans   consisted   of   mortgage   loans   on
nonowner-occupied properties,  representing 30.1% of one-to-four family mortgage
loans and 21.5% of total loans.  These  consist  primarily  of "investor  loans"
secured by one- to- four family  residences.  At October 31, 2003, the Bank also
had $4.0 million of loans classified as multi- family and commercial real estate
loans. It is the Bank's  intention to continue to originate these types of loans
going forward. These types of loans are generally considered to involve a higher
degree of credit risk than financing of  owner-occupied  residential  properties
and any late  payments  or the failure to repay such loans would hurt the Bank's
earnings. See Business of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank - Lending Activities
on page __.

We plan to remain  independent  and you should not invest in our common stock if
you are anticipating our sale.

         It is our intention to continue  operating as an independent  financial
institution,  and  you  are  urged  not to  invest  in  our  stock  if  you  are
anticipating  a quick sale of SE Financial  Corp.  We do not plan to undertake a
sale  of SE  Financial  Corp.  even  if  the  acquisition  would  result  in our
stockholders  receiving a substantial premium over the market price of our stock
at the  time of a  sale.  Our  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  contain
provisions  that may make it  difficult  for  someone to acquire  control of us.
These provisions may discourage takeover attempts and prevent you from receiving
a premium over the market price of your shares as part of a takeover.

         Additionally,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  may also
prevent  anyone from  acquiring  us for three years  after the  conversion.  See
Restrictions on Acquisitions of SE Financial Corp. on page ___.

The amount of stock held by our officers and  directors  and stock benefit plans
could make it difficult for  stockholders to adopt proposals or approve takeover
attempts not supported by management.

         The  amount of  ownership  and  control of our stock by  directors  and
officers could make it difficult for stockholders to make successful stockholder
proposals  if they are  opposed by  management  and the Board of  Directors.  In
addition,  directors  and  officers  could use their  voting  power to block the
approval of  transactions,  such as business  combinations  and amendments to SE
Financial Corp.'s articles of incorporation or bylaws, which are required by the
articles of  incorporation  to be approved by at least 80% of the  stockholders.
Our directors and officers are expected to purchase  approximately  ____________
shares of stock in the  offering,  _____% if  ____________  shares are sold.  In
addition,  approximately 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering
are expected to be purchased by our employee stock ownership plan.  Shares owned
by the St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's employee stock ownership plan which
have not yet been  allocated  to the  accounts of  employees  will be voted by a
committee of non- employee  directors.  If we implement stock benefit plans, the
ownership and control by officers and

                                       10



directors would increase, causing voting dilution to the other stockholders. See
Management  -  Executive  Compensation  -  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  and
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans.

Increases  in market  rates of  interest  could  adversely  affect our  retained
earnings.

         At  October  31,  2003,  St.   Edmond's   Federal   Savings  Bank  held
approximately $27.3 million in available-for-sale securities. Generally accepted
accounting  principles require that these securities be carried at fair value on
the  Bank's  balance  sheet.   Unrealized  holding  gains  or  losses  on  these
securities,  that is, the  difference  between the fair value and the  amortized
cost of these  securities,  net of  deferred  taxes,  is  reflected  in retained
earnings.

         When interest rates increase,  the fair value of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank's  available-for- sale securities generally  decreases,  which also
decreases  retained  earnings.  As of October 31,  2003,  St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings  Bank's  retained  earnings  included  approximately  $84,000  in  other
comprehensive  loss, which was comprised  exclusively of net unrealized  holding
losses on its available-for- sale securities portfolio.

You may not be able to sell your  shares  when you  desire or for $10.00 or more
per share.

         Publicly  traded stocks have recently  experienced  substantial  market
price volatility.  This is due, in part, to investors'  shifting  perceptions of
the effect on various industry  sectors of changes and potential  changes in the
economy.  Volatility,  therefore,  may be  unrelated  to the  current  operating
performance of particular  companies whose shares are traded. The purchase price
of common  stock  sold in  conversion  transactions  is based on an  independent
appraisal.  Independent  appraisals  are not  intended  to be, and should not be
construed as, a recommendation as to the advisability of purchasing  shares. The
independent  appraisal  does not indicate  market value.  After our common stock
begins to trade,  the trading price will be determined by the  marketplace.  The
trading  price will  fluctuate  because it will be  influenced  by many factors,
including  prevailing interest rates, other economic  conditions,  our operating
performance  and  investor  perceptions  of the  outlook  for us and the banking
industry in general.  We cannot assure you that if you choose to sell shares you
purchased in the stock  offering,  you will be able to sell them at or above the
$10 per share offering price.

Deposits are the Bank's  major source of funds for lending and other  investment
purposes, and a large portion of its deposits are certificates of deposit, which
are not as stable as other types of deposits.

         At October 31,  2003,  $51.9  million,  or 71.6%,  of the Bank's  total
deposits were certificates of deposit, and of that amount $9.1 million, or 17.5%
of the certificates of deposit,  were "jumbo"  certificates of $100,000 or more.
Deposit inflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money
market  conditions.  The inflow of  certificates of deposit and the retention of
such deposits upon maturity are particularly sensitive to general interest rates
and money market  conditions,  making  certificates of deposits  traditionally a
more  volatile  source  of  funding  than  core  deposits.  In order  to  retain
certificates of deposits,  the Bank may have to pay a premium rate, resulting in
an increase in its cost of funds. In a rising rate environment,  the Bank may be
unwilling or unable to pay a competitive  rate. To the extent that such deposits
do not remain with the Bank, they may need to be replaced with borrowings  which
could increase the Bank's cost of funds and negatively  impact its interest rate
spread and its financial condition.

                                       11



A downturn in the Bank's local economy may adversely affect its earnings.

         The  Bank's  business  of  attracting  deposits  and  making  loans  is
primarily  conducted  within its primary  market areas.  A downturn in the local
economy  could reduce the amount of funds  available for deposit and the ability
of borrowers to repay their loans and could negatively impact collateral values.
As a result, the Bank's earnings could be adversely affected.

We operate in a highly  regulated  environment and may be adversely  affected by
changes in laws and regulations.

         We are subject to extensive regulation,  supervision and examination by
the  Office  of  Thrift   Supervision  and  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.  Such regulation and  supervision  govern the activities in which a
bank and its  holding  company  may engage and are  intended  primarily  for the
protection of the insurance fund and  depositors.  Regulatory  authorities  have
extensive  discretion  in  connection  with their  supervisory  and  enforcement
activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank,
the  classification  of assets by a bank and a bank's allowance for loan losses.
The Bank  entered  into a  supervisory  agreement  with  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  in  February  2002 and  operated  under such  agreement  until such
agreement was terminated on December 10, 2003. In addition, the Bank was subject
to a Safety and Soundness Compliance Plan from May 2001 to October 31, 2003. See
Supervisory  Agreements  on page ___. Any change in  regulation  and  oversight,
whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation could have
a material impact on SE Financial Corp., its subsidiaries and their  operations.
See Regulation beginning on page __.

Forward Looking Statements

         This document  contains  forward-looking  statements (as defined in the
Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995) about St. Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank and subsidiary. Forward-looking statements include statements about
anticipated  operating and  financial  performance,  such as loan  originations,
operating efficiencies, loan sales, charge-offs and loan loss provisions, growth
opportunities, interest rates, and deposit growth. Words such as "may," "could,"
"should," "would,"  "believe,"  "anticipate,"  "estimate,"  "expect,"  "intend,"
"project,"  "plan,"  and similar  expressions  are  intended  to identify  these
forward-looking statements.

         Forward-looking  statements are  necessarily  subject to many risks and
uncertainties.  A  number  of  things  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially  from  those  indicated  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  These
include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed  immediately below, those
addressed  under the caption  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,  other factors discussed  elsewhere in this
document, and those presented elsewhere by management from time to time. Many of
the risks and uncertainties are beyond our control.  The following factors could
cause our operating  and financial  performance  to differ  materially  from the
plans,  objectives,   assumptions,   expectations,   estimates,  and  intentions
expressed in forward-looking statements:

o    general economic conditions,  either nationally or regionally,  may be less
     favorable  than we  expect,  resulting  in a  deterioration  in the  credit
     quality of our loan assets, among other things;

o    the effects of, and changes in,  trade,  monetary  and fiscal  policies and
     laws, including interest-rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board;

o    inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations;

                                       12



o    the development and acceptance of new products and services of St. Edmond's
     Federal  Savings Bank and  subsidiary  and the  perceived  overall value of
     these products and services by users, including the features,  pricing, and
     quality compared to competitors' products and services;

o    the  willingness of users to substitute our products and services for those
     of competitors;

o    the impact of  changes  in laws and  regulations  applicable  to  financial
     services  (including  laws  concerning  taxes,  banking,   securities,  and
     insurance); and

o    changes in consumer spending and saving habits.

         Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, plans, objectives,
goals, assumptions,  expectations,  estimates, and intentions as of the date the
statements are made.  Investors  should  exercise  caution  because St. Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  cannot give any  assurance  that these  beliefs,  plans,
objectives, goals, assumptions,  expectations, estimates, and intentions will be
realized.  St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank disclaims any obligation to update
or revise  any  forward-looking  statements  based on the  occurrence  of future
events, the receipt of new information, or otherwise.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  net  proceeds  will  depend  on  the  expenses  incurred  by us in
connection  with the  offering and the total number of shares of stock issued in
the  offering,  which will depend on the  independent  valuation  and  marketing
considerations.  Although  the actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common
stock cannot be determined until the offering is completed,  we estimate that we
will receive net proceeds  from the sale of common stock of between  $14,438,000
at the minimum and $19,640,000 at the maximum of the offering range.

         Assuming the sale of $14,875,000, $17,500,000 and $20,125,000 of common
stock at the minimum, midpoint and maximum, respectively, of the offering range,
expenses of  $437,000,  $461,000  and  $485,000,  at the  minimum,  midpoint and
maximum,  respectively,  and the  purchase  of 8% of the shares by the  employee
stock  ownership plan, the following table shows the manner in which we will use
the net proceeds:




                                                  MINIMUM             MIDPOINT           MAXIMUM
                                            -----------------     ---------------    ----------------
                                               $           %         $        %         $         %
                                            -------     -----     -------   -----    -------    -----
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                            

Loan to employee stock ownership plan...    $ 1,190       8.2%   $ 1,400      8.2%   $ 1,610      8.2%
Investment in St. Edmond's Federal
 Savings Bank...........................      7,219      50.0      8,519     50.0      9,820     50.0
SE Financial Corp. working capital......      6,029      41.8      7,120     41.8      8,210     41.8
                                            -------     -----     -------   -----    -------    -----
         Net Proceeds...................    $14,438     100.0%    $17,039   100.0%   $19,640    100.0%
                                            =======     =====     =======   =====    =======    =====


         We will  use at least  50% of the  cash  received  in the  offering  to
purchase all of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's stock. We will also lend the
Bank's  employee  stock  ownership plan cash to enable the plan to buy 8% of the
shares  sold in the  offering.  The  balance  will be  retained  as our  initial
capitalization  and  used  for  general  business  purposes  which  may  include
investment in securities, paying

                                       13



cash  dividends or  repurchasing  shares of our common stock.  We will initially
invest the proceeds in short- term investment securities.

         The funds received by the Bank from us in exchange for all its stock to
be  issued  in the  conversion  will  be used  for  general  business  purposes,
including originating loans and purchasing securities.  Net proceeds may also be
used by the Bank to make  contributions  to the employee  stock  ownership  plan
which in turn would be used to repay the loan from us.

         In  addition,  the Bank may also use the  proceeds  of the  offering to
expand either through  opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The Bank may also
relocate  its  Sewell,  New  Jersey  office  to a new  site.  The Bank does not,
however,  have any current  understandings,  agreements or arrangements  for the
expansion of its business, either through repositioning existing branches or the
addition of new branch offices.

         If the employee stock  ownership plan does not purchase common stock in
the  offering,  it may  purchase  shares of common stock in the market after the
conversion.  If the  purchase  price of the common  stock is higher than $10 per
share,  the amount of proceeds  required for the purchase by the employee  stock
ownership  plan  will  increase  and the  resulting  stockholders'  equity  will
decrease.

         The net proceeds may vary  significantly  because total expenses of the
conversion  may be  significantly  more or less than  those  estimated.  The net
proceeds  will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the  conversion
are adjusted to reflect a change in the  estimated  pro forma market value of SE
Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank.  Payments for shares made
through  withdrawals  from existing deposit accounts at the Bank will not result
in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of the
Bank's   deposits  and   interest   expense  as  funds  are   transferred   from
interest-bearing certificates or other deposit accounts.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         SE Financial Corp. intends to consider the establishment of a policy to
pay cash  dividends.  The timing,  frequency  and initial  annual  amount of the
dividends  will  be  determined  by the  Board.  Dividends  will be  subject  to
determination and declaration by the Board of Directors of SE Financial Corp. In
making its  decision,  the Board of Directors  will  consider  several  factors,
including  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  tax  considerations,
industry standards and general economic conditions.

         There can be no assurance  that  dividends  will in fact be paid on the
stock or that,  if paid,  dividends  will not be reduced or eliminated in future
periods.

         SE  Financial  Corp.'s  ability to pay  dividends  also  depends on the
receipt of dividends from St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank which is subject to
a variety of regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends.  See Regulation
- - Regulation of St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank - Dividend and Other Capital
Distribution  Limitations.  Furthermore,  as a  condition  to  Office  of Thrift
Supervision  approval of the  conversion,  SE Financial Corp. has agreed that it
will not initiate any action within one year of completion of the  conversion in
the  furtherance  of payment of a special  distribution  or return of capital to
stockholders of the Company.

                                       14



                              MARKET FOR THE STOCK

         SE Financial Corp. has never issued capital stock. Consequently,  there
is not, at this time, any market for the stock.  Following the completion of the
offering,  SE Financial Corp.  anticipates  that its stock will be traded on the
over-the-counter  market with  quotations  available  through the OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board. Sandler O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. has advised us that it intends
to make a market in our common stock following the offering,  but it is under no
obligation to do so.

         The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of
willing buyers and sellers. Due to the small size of the offering,  it is highly
unlikely that an active trading market will develop and be maintained  after the
offering.  The small  amount of stock  being  issued to the  public  may make it
difficult  to buy or sell our stock in the  future.  You could  have  difficulty
disposing  of your  shares  and you  should  not view the shares as a short term
investment.  We cannot assure you that an active  trading  market for the common
stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue.  Nor can we assure
you that, if you purchase shares of common stock,  you will be able to sell them
at or above $10.00 per share.

                                       15



                                 CAPITALIZATION

         Set  forth  below is the  historical  capitalization  of the Bank as of
October 31, 2003 and the pro forma  capitalization  of SE Financial Corp.  after
giving  effect to the offering.  The table also gives affect to the  assumptions
set forth  under Pro Forma  Data.  A change in the number of shares  sold in the
offering may affect materially the pro forma capitalization.



                                                       Pro Forma Capitalization at October 31, 2003
                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Maximum,
                                                              Minimum    Midpoint    Maximum    as adjusted
                                                             1,487,500   1,750,000  2,012,500    2,314,375
                                               Actual, at    Shares at   Shares at   Shares at   Shares at
                                               October 31,  $10.00 per  $10.00 per  $10.00 per  $10.00 per
                                                  2003         share       share       share     share(1)
                                                  ----      ------------- ----------------- ----------------    ---------
                                                                       (In thousands)
                                                                                
Deposits(2) ..................................   $ 72,273    $ 72,273    $ 72,273    $ 72,273    $ 72,273
Borrowed funds ...............................      6,637       6,637       6,637       6,637       6,637
                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total deposits and borrowed funds ............   $ 78,910    $ 78,910    $ 78,910    $ 78,910    $ 78,910
                                                 ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Retained earnings/Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value, 2,000,000
  shares authorized; none to be issued .......   $     --    $     --    $     --    $     --    $     --
 Common stock, $0.10 par value, 8,000,000
    shares authorized, assuming shares
    outstanding as shown(3) ..................         --         149         175         201         231
Additional paid-in capital(3)(4) .............         --      14,289      16,864      19,439      22,400
Retained earnings ............................      7,756       7,756       7,756       7,756       7,756
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    of taxes .................................        (84)        (84)        (84)        (84)        (84)
Less:
  Common stock acquired by ESOP(5) ...........         --       1,190       1,400       1,610       1,852
  Common stock acquired by
    restricted stock plan(6) .................         --         595         700         805         926
                                                 --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total retained earnings/stockholders' equity .   $  7,672    $ 20,325    $ 22,611    $ 24,897    $ 27,525
                                                 ========    ========    ========    ========    ========


- ------------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur  due  to  an  increase  in  the  independent  valuation  and a
     commensurate increase in the offering range of up to 15% to reflect changes
     in market and financial conditions.
(2)  Does not reflect  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  for the purchase of
     stock in the offering.  Any withdrawals  would reduce pro forma deposits by
     an amount equal to the withdrawals.
(3)  No effect  has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of stock
     pursuant  to any stock  option  plans that may be  adopted by SE  Financial
     Corp. and the Bank and presented for approval by the stockholders after the
     offering.  An  amount  equal  to 10% of the  shares  of  stock  sold in the
     offering  would be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to be
     granted  under  the  stock  option  plans  within  one year  following  the
     conversion.  See Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Options
     Plans.
(4)  Additional paid-in capital amounts are net of offering expenses.
(5)  Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be purchased by the
     employee stock  ownership plan, and that the funds used to acquire the ESOP
     shares  will be borrowed  from SE  Financial  Corp.  For an estimate of the
     impact of the loan on  earnings,  see Pro Forma Data.  The Bank  intends to
     make scheduled discretionary  contributions to the employee stock ownership
     plan sufficient to enable the plan to service and repay its debt over a ten
     year  period.  The amount of shares to be acquired by the ESOP is reflected
     as  a  reduction  of  stockholders'  equity.  See  Management  -  Executive
     Compensation  -  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.  If the  employee  stock
     ownership  plan is unable to  purchase  stock in the  conversion  due to an
     oversubscription  in the offering by eligible  account holders having first
     priority,  and the  purchase  price in the open market is greater  than the
     original $10.00 price per share, there will be a corresponding reduction in
     stockholders'   equity.   See  The  Offering  -  Subscription   Offering  -
     Subscription Rights.
(6)  Assumes  that an amount  equal to 4.0% of the  shares of stock  sold in the
     offering is purchased by the restricted  stock plan. The stock purchased by
     the  restricted  stock plan is reflected  as a reduction  of  stockholders'
     equity.  See footnote (2) to the table under Pro Forma Data. See Management
     - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Restricted Stock Plan.

                                       16



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The actual net proceeds from the sale of the stock cannot be determined
until  the  offering  is  completed.  However,  investable  net  proceeds  to SE
Financial  Corp.  are  currently  estimated  to be between  approximately  $12.7
million and $17.2  million (or $19.9  million if the  independent  valuation  is
increased by 15%) based on the following assumptions:

o    an amount  equal to 8% of the shares  issued  will be loaned to the ESOP to
     fund its purchase of 8% of the shares issued;

o    an amount  equal to 4.0% of the shares  issued will be awarded  pursuant to
     the restricted  stock plan adopted no sooner than six months  following the
     offering, funded through open market purchases; and

o    expenses of the offering are estimated to be between approximately $437,000
     and $485,000 ($513,000 if the independent valuation is increased by 15%).

         The following  table sets forth our historical net income and net worth
prior  to  the  conversion  and  our  pro  forma  consolidated  net  income  and
stockholders'  equity  following the conversion.  In preparing this table and in
calculating pro forma data, we have made the following assumptions:

o    Pro forma earnings have been calculated assuming the stock had been sold at
     the  beginning of the period and the net  proceeds had been  invested at an
     average  yield  of  2.33%  for the  year  ended  October  31,  2003,  which
     approximates  the yield on a three-year  U.S.  Treasury bill on October 31,
     2003. The yield on a one-year U.S. Treasury bill, rather than an arithmetic
     average of the average  yield on  interest-earning  assets and average rate
     paid on deposits,  has been used to estimate income on net proceeds because
     it is believed that the one-year U.S. Treasury bill rate is a more accurate
     estimate  of the  rate  that  would be  obtained  on an  investment  of net
     proceeds from the offering.

o    The pro forma  after-tax  yield on the net  proceeds is assumed to be 1.44%
     for the year ended  October 31,  2003,  based on an  effective  tax rate of
     38.00%.

o    We did not include any withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares
     in the offering.

o    Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing
     historical  and pro  forma  amounts  by the  indicated  number of shares of
     stock,  as adjusted in the pro forma net  earnings per share to give effect
     to the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan.

o    Pro forma stockholders' equity amounts have been calculated as if the stock
     had been sold on  October  31,  2003,  and no effect  has been given to the
     assumed earnings effect of the transactions.

         The  following  pro forma data  relies on the  assumptions  we outlined
above,  and this data does not  represent  the fair  market  value of the common
stock,  the current value of assets or liabilities,  or the amount of money that
would be distributed to stockholders if we liquidated SE Financial Corp. The pro
forma data does not predict how much we will earn in the future.

                                       17



         The following table summarizes  historical data of St. Edmond's Federal
Savings Bank and pro forma data of SE Financial  Corp.  at or for the year ended
October 31, 2003 based on the  assumptions  set forth above and in the table and
should  not be used as a basis  for  projections  of  market  value of the stock
following the conversion.  No effect has been given in the table to the possible
issuance of additional  stock reserved for future  issuance  pursuant to a stock
option plan that may be adopted by the Board of Directors of SE Financial  Corp.
within one year following the conversion, nor does book value give any effect to
the  liquidation   account  to  be  established  or  the  bad  debt  reserve  in
liquidation. See The Conversion - Effects of Conversion - Liquidation Rights and
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Stock Option Plan.



                                                                 At or For the Year Ended October 31, 2003
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $14,875,000     $17,500,000     $20,125,000    $23,143,750
                                                      Independent     Independent     Independent    Independent
                                                       Valuation       Valuation       Valuation      Valuation
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------   -----------
                                                       1,487,500       1,750,000       2,012,500      2,314,375
                                                        Shares          Shares          Shares         Shares
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------   ---------
                                                            (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                                       
Gross proceeds ...................................   $    14,875     $    17,500     $    20,125     $    23,144
Less expenses ....................................          (437)           (461)           (485)           (513)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Estimated net proceeds ........................        14,438          17,039          19,640          22,631
Less ESOP funded by SE Financial Corp. ...........        (1,190)         (1,400)         (1,610)         (1,852)
Less restricted stock plan adjustment ............          (595)           (700)           (805)           (926)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Estimated investable net proceeds .............   $    12,653     $    14,939     $    17,225     $    19,853
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Net Income:
   Historical ....................................   $       556     $       556     $       556     $       556
   Pro forma income on net proceeds (1) ..........           182             215             248             286
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(2) .................           (74)            (87)           (100)           (115)
   Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment(3) .           (74)            (87)           (100)           (115)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma net income(2)(4)(5) .................   $       590     $       597     $       604     $       612
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Per share net income
   Historical ....................................   $      0.40     $      0.34     $      0.30     $      0.26
   Pro forma income on net proceeds ..............          0.13            0.13            0.13            0.13
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(2) .................         (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)
   Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment(3) .         (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)          (0.05)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma net income per share(2)(4)(5) .......   $      0.43     $      0.37     $      0.33     $      0.29
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Shares used in calculation of income per share(2)      1,380,400       1,624,000       1,867,600       2,147,740
Stockholders' equity:
   Historical ....................................   $     7,672     $     7,672     $     7,672     $     7,672
   Estimated net proceeds ........................        14,438          17,039          19,640          22,631
   Less: Common Stock acquired ESOP(2) ...........        (1,190)         (1,400)         (1,610)         (1,852)
   Less: Common Stock acquired by restricted
         stock plan(3) ...........................          (595)           (700)           (805)           (926)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity(2)(4)(5) .......   $    20,325     $    22,611     $    24,897     $    27,525
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Stockholders' equity per share:
   Historical ....................................   $      5.16     $      4.38     $      3.81     $      3.31
   Estimated net proceeds ........................          9.71            9.74            9.76            9.78
   Less: Common Stock acquired by the ESOP(2) ....         (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)          (0.80)
   Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock
         plan(3) .................................         (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)          (0.40)
                                                     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
   Pro forma stockholders' equity per share(5) ...   $     13.67     $     12.92     $     12.37     $     11.89
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma
  stockholders' equity per share .................         73.15%          77.40%          80.84%          84.10%
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Offering price to pro forma
  net income per share ...........................         23.26X          27.03X          30.30X          34.48X
                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========

Shares used in calculation of stockholders' equity
  per share ......................................     1,487,500       1,750,000       2,012,500       2,314,375



                                       18


- ---------------

(1)  Pro forma  income on net  proceeds  reflects  the  impact of the  Incentive
     Retirement  Plan,  implemented by the Bank effective  January 1, 2004. Such
     plan  provides  for the  award  of  units  with a value of up to 10% of the
     Bank's earnings. See Incentive Retirement Plan on page ____.

(2)  Assumes  that  8% of the  shares  of  stock  sold in the  offering  will be
     purchased  by the  employee  stock  ownership  plan and that the plan  will
     borrow funds from SE  Financial  Corp.  The stock  acquired by the employee
     stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of  stockholder's  equity.
     The Bank intends to make annual  contributions  to the plan in an amount at
     least equal to the principal  and interest  requirement  of the loan.  This
     table assumes a 10 year  amortization  period.  See  Management - Executive
     Compensation  - Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. The pro forma net earnings
     assumes:  (i) that the Bank's  contribution to the employee stock ownership
     plan for the  principal  portion of the debt service  requirement  for year
     ended  October  31,  2003  was  made at the end of the  period;  (ii)  that
     1,487,500,  1,750,000,  2,012,500  and  2,314,375  shares  at the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum,  and 15% above the maximum of the range,  respectively,
     were committed to be released during the year ended October 31, 2003, at an
     average fair value of $10.00 per share and were  accounted  for as a charge
     to expense in accordance  with Statement of Position  ("SOP") No. 93-6; and
     (iii)  only the  employee  stock  ownership  plan  shares  committed  to be
     released were  considered  outstanding for purposes of the net earnings per
     share   calculations.   All  employee  stock  ownership  plan  shares  were
     considered  outstanding for purposes of the stockholders'  equity per share
     calculations.

(3)  Gives effect to the  restricted  stock plan that may be adopted by the Bank
     following  the  conversion  and  presented  for  approval  at a meeting  of
     stockholders  after  completion of the conversion.  If the restricted stock
     plan is approved by the  stockholders,  the restricted  stock plan would be
     expected to acquire an amount of stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of stock
     sold in the offering, or 59,500,  70,000, 80,500 and 92,575 shares of stock
     respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of
     the range through open market purchases. Funds used by the restricted stock
     plan to purchase the shares will be  contributed  to the  restricted  stock
     plan by the Bank.  In  calculating  the pro forma effect of the  restricted
     stock plan, it is assumed that the required  stockholder  approval has been
     received, that the shares were acquired by the restricted stock plan at the
     beginning of the year ended October 31, 2003 through open market purchases,
     at $10.00 per share,  and that 20% of the amount  contributed was amortized
     to  expense  during  the year  ended  October  31,  2003.  The plan will be
     amortized over five years.  The issuance of authorized but unissued  shares
     of stock to the  restricted  stock plan  instead of open  market  purchases
     would dilute the voting interests of existing stockholders by approximately
     3.8% and pro forma net income per share for the year ended October 31, 2003
     would be $0.42, $0.36, $0.32 and $0.28, at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
     and 15%  above  the  maximum  of the  range,  respectively,  and pro  forma
     stockholders' equity per share at October 31, 2003 would be $13.14, $12.42,
     $11.90 and  $11.44,  at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the
     maximum  of  the  range,  respectively.  There  can  be no  assurance  that
     stockholder approval of the restricted stock plan will be obtained,  or the
     actual purchase price of the shares will be equal to $10.00 per share.  See
     Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans - Restricted Stock Plan.

(4)  The retained  earnings of SE Financial  Corp. and the Bank will continue to
     be substantially restricted after the conversion.  See Dividend Policy, The
     Conversion - Effects of  Conversion - Liquidation  Rights and  Regulation -
     Regulation  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank - Dividends  and Other
     Capital Distribution Limitations.

(5)  No effect  has been given to the  issuance  of  additional  shares of stock
     pursuant to the stock option plan that may be adopted by the Bank following
     the conversion which, in turn, would be presented for approval at a meeting
     of  stockholders  to be held  within one year after the  completion  of the
     conversion.  If  the  stock  option  plan  is  presented  and  approved  by
     stockholders,  an amount equal to 10% of the stock sold in the offering, or
     148,750,  175,000,  201,250 and 231,438  shares at the  minimum,  midpoint,
     maximum  and 15% above the  maximum  of the  range,  respectively,  will be
     reserved  for future  issuance  upon the  exercise of options to be granted
     under the stock  option  plans.  The  issuance of  authorized  but unissued
     shares of stock to the stock plan  instead of open market  purchases  would
     dilute the voting interests of existing stockholders by approximately 9.1%.
     Assuming stockholder approval of the stock option plans and the exercise of
     all  options  at the end of the period at an  exercise  price of $10.00 per
     share,  the pro forma net earnings per share would be $0.39,  $0.33,  $0.29
     and $0.26, respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the
     maximum  of the  range  for the year  ended  October  31,  2003;  pro forma
     stockholders' equity per share would be $13.33,  $12.66, $12.16 and $11.72,
     respectively at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of
     the range at October 31, 2003.  See  Management - Potential  Stock  Benefit
     Plans - Stock Option Plans.

                                       19



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The following  table presents the St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's
historical and pro forma capital position  relative to its capital  requirements
as of October 31, 2003. Pro forma capital levels assume receipt by St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank  of 50% of the  net  proceeds.  For a  discussion  of the
assumptions  underlying the pro forma capital calculations  presented below, see
Use of Proceeds, Capitalization and Pro Forma Data. The definitions of the terms
used in the table are those  provided in the capital  regulations  issued by the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision.  For a  discussion  of  the  capital  standards
applicable  to the Bank,  see  Regulation - Regulation of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank - Regulatory Capital Requirements.



                                                            Pro Forma at October 31, 2003
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Actual, at          $14,875,000           $17,500,000            $20,125,000           $23,143,750
                            October 31, 2003        Offering              Offering              Offering             Offering(1)
                          -------------------  --------------------  --------------------- --------------------  -------------------

                                  Percentage           Percentage             Percentage           Percentage           Percentage
                          Amount of Assets(2)  Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount   of Assets(2) Amount  of Assets(2)  Amount of Assets(2)
                          ------ ------------  ------  ------------  ------   ------------ ------  ------------  ------ ------------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                            
GAAP Capital(3)........  $ 7,672     8.78%    $13,106      14.12%   $14,092     15.03%    $15,077     15.91%    $16,210     16.90%

Tangible Capital:
  Actual or Pro Forma..  $ 7,756     8.86%    $13,190      14.19%   $14,176     15.09%    $15,161     15.97%    $16,294     16.97%
  Required.............    1,313     1.50       1,394       1.50      1,409      1.50       1,424      1.50       1,441      1.50
                         -------    -----     -------      -----    -------     -----     -------    -------    -------   --------
  Excess...............  $ 6,443     7.36%    $11,796      12.69%   $12,767     13.59%    $13,737     14.47%    $14,853     15.47%
                         =======    =====     =======      =====    =======     =====     =======   =======      ======   =======

Core Capital:
  Actual or Pro Forma..  $ 7,756     8.86%    $13,190      14.19%   $14,176     15.09%    $15,161     15.97%    $16,294     16.97%
  Required(4)..........    3,500     4.00       3,717       4.00      3,757      4.00       3,796      4.00       3,842      4.00
                         -------    -----     -------      -----    -------     -----     -------   --------    -------   --------
  Excess...............  $ 4,256     4.86%    $ 9,473      10.19%   $10,419     11.09%    $11,365     11.97%    $12,452     12.97%
                         =======    =====     =======      =====    =======     =====     =======   =======      ======   =======

Risk-Based Capital:
  Actual or
    Pro Forma(5)(6)....  $ 8,018    21.03%    $13,452      34.31%   $14,438     36.64%    $15,423     38.95%    $16,556     41.57%
  Required.............    3,050     8.00       3,137       8.00      3,152      8.00       3,168      8.00       3,186      8.00
                         -------    -----     -------      -----    -------     -----     -------   --------    -------   --------
  Excess...............  $ 4,968    13.03%    $10,315      26.31%   $11,286     28.64%    $12,255     30.95%    $13,370     33.57%
                         =======    =====     =======      =====    =======     =====     =======  ========      ======   =======


- -----------------
(1)  As adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase in the number of shares  which
     could  occur due to an  increase  in the  offering  range of up to 15% as a
     result of  regulatory  considerations  or  changes  in  market  or  general
     financial  and  economic  conditions  following  the  commencement  of  the
     offerings.
(2)  Tangible  and  core  capital  levels  are  shown as a  percentage  of total
     adjusted assets.  The risk-based  capital level is shown as a percentage of
     risk-weighted assets.
(3)  GAAP Capital  includes  unrealized gain on  available-for-sale  securities,
     net, which is not included as regulatory capital.
(4)  The current  Office of Thrift  Supervision  core  capital  requirement  for
     savings banks is 3% of total  adjusted  assets for thrifts that receive the
     highest  supervisory  rating for safety and  soundness  and a 4% to 5% core
     capital  ratio  requirement  for  all  other  thrifts.   See  Regulation  -
     Regulation  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank -  Regulatory  Capital
     Requirements.
(5)  Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk-weighing.
(6)  The  difference   between  retained  earnings  under  GAAP  and  regulatory
     risk-based capital is attributable to the addition of the general valuation
     allowance  of  $263,000  at October  31,  2003 and the  subtraction  of net
     unrealized losses on available for sale securities of $84,000.

                                       20



                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         The following consolidated financial information and other data in this
section are derived from the Bank's audited  consolidated  financial  statements
for the years ended  October 31, 2003 and 2002 and should be read  together with
the Bank's consolidated  financial statements and the notes thereto beginning on
page F-2 of this  prospectus.  References  to 2003 or 2002  refer to the  fiscal
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


                                                   At October 31,
                                             -------------------------
                                               2003              2002
                                             -------           -------
                                                   (In thousands)

Balance Sheet:
Assets....................................   $87,367           $85,261
Loans receivable, net.....................    50,730            51,689
Investment securities.....................    27,337            23,492
Cash and cash equivalents.................     6,304             7,301
Deposits..................................    72,273            70,015
FHLB borrowings...........................     6,637             6,694
Total retained earnings...................     7,672             7,387

                                                 For the Year Ended
                                                    October 31,
                                              ------------------------
                                               2003              2002
                                              ------            ------
                                                   (In thousands)
Summary of Operations:
Interest and dividend income..............    $5,120            $5,837
Interest expense..........................     2,450             2,999
                                              ------            ------
Net interest income.......................     2,670             2,838
Provision for loan losses.................        33                25
                                              ------            ------
Net interest income after provision
  for loan losses.........................     2,637             2,813
Noninterest income........................       386               365
Noninterest expense.......................     2,177             2,285
                                              ------            ------
Income before income taxes................       846               893
Income taxes..............................       290               364
                                              ------            ------
Net income................................    $  556            $  529
                                              ======            ======

Actual number (not in thousands):
Real estate loans outstanding.............       863             1,007
Deposit accounts..........................     6,709             7,126
Offices...................................         2                 2


                                       21



Selected Financial Ratios


                                                                 At or For
                                                               the Year Ended
                                                                 October 31,
                                                             ------------------
                                                               2003       2002
                                                             -------    -------

Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets (net income divided by
     average total  assets) ..........................         0.64%      0.63%

  Return on average equity (net income divided by
     average equity) .................................         7.23%      7.48%

  Net interest rate spread ...........................         2.95%      3.18%

  Net interest margin on average interest-earning
     assets ..........................................         3.26%      3.54%

  Average interest-earning assets to average
     interest-bearing liabilities ....................       110.36%    109.56%

  Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the
     sum of net interest income and noninterest
     income) .........................................        71.24%     71.34%

Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing loans to total loans, net ...........         0.75%      1.06%

  Non-performing assets to total assets ..............         0.48%      0.65%

  Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding .......         0.07%      0.33%

  Allowance for loan losses to total loans ...........         0.51%      0.51%

Capital Ratios:
  Average equity to average assets
     (average equity divided by average total assets)          8.89%      8.40%

  Equity to assets at period end .....................         8.78%      8.66%

                                       22



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

         The consolidated  analysis of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank and its
wholly-owned subsidiary,  SE Investment Services Corp, is intended to assist the
reader in evaluating the performance of the Bank for the years ended October 31,
2003 and 2002. This  information  should be read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  to the  financial
statements.

         The Bank,  which is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office
of Thrift Supervision,  is a  federally-chartered  savings bank headquartered in
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank's principal sources of revenue consist of
income from its investment securities, residential real estate loans, commercial
real  estate  loans  and  consumer  loans as well as from a variety  of  deposit
services  offered to its customers  through two offices  located in Philadelphia
County, Pennsylvania, and Gloucester County, New Jersey.

         For the year ended October 31, 2003, the Bank  recognized net income of
$556,000 as compared to $529,000 for 2002. Return on average equity for 2003 was
7.23% as  compared to 7.48% for 2002.  The Bank's  earnings  reflect  strategies
implemented in previous years to strengthen  financial  discipline by evaluating
inefficiencies within the organization that resulted in consolidation of some of
the branch  network.  Savings on  occupancy  and  equipment  more than  offset a
reduction  in net  interest  margin  to 3.26%  for 2003  from  3.54%  for  2002.
Meanwhile,  asset quality  continued to improve as the Bank focused on enhancing
its  credit  risk  management   procedures  that  resulted  in  a  reduction  of
nonperforming  assets. Loan volume continued to decline during the period due to
refinancings  of mortgage  loans as customers took advantage of the low interest
rate environment with other mortgage providers. The Bank's market area, which is
encompasses  a  large  base  of  non-owner  occupied  rental  property,  will be
evaluated for further  expansion in light of the current fixed rate environment.
Funding for  operations  continues to be primarily from a  competitively  priced
deposit product portfolio, as well as from investment repayments and maturities.
Leverage  capital  ratios  remained  strong  at  8.89% in  2003.  Overall,  this
performance for the year was achieved during one of the most challenging periods
for the financial services industry.

         The  Bank is  presently  is in the  process  of a  reorganization  to a
holding company structure and is in the initial stages of a public offering that
is  anticipated to commence in the second quarter of 2004. The proceeds from the
offering  will be used for general  business  purposes.  In  addition,  the Bank
expects to diversify its noninterest income in the upcoming year with bank-owned
life insurance of approximately  $1,500,000.  The earnings  associated with this
product are  considered  to offset  current  employee  benefits,  as well as the
possible  addition  of  supplemental  employer  retirement  plans for  executive
officers.  The Bank's  intention  is to maintain a core group of  employees  for
managing the future of the Bank.  Furthermore,  costs resulting from an employee
stock  ownership and restricted  stock plan are  anticipated as well in the near
future.

Business Strategy

         The Bank's business  strategy is to grow and improve its  profitability
by:

          o    Emphasizing one- to four-family  residential real estate lending,
               while  continuing to originate  multi-family  and commercial real
               estate lending;


                                       23



          o    Increasing assets;

          o    Utilizing  the  capital  raised in the  offering  to help  manage
               interest rate risk;

          o    Offering new products and services to the Bank's customers; and

          o    Maintaining high asset quality.

         A full  description of the Bank's  products and services begins on page
____.

Critical Accounting Policies

         The Bank's  accounting  policies  are  integral  to  understanding  the
results reported.  The accounting  policies are described in detail in Note 1 of
the financial  statements.  The Bank's most complex accounting  policies require
management's  judgment  to  ascertain  the  valuation  of  assets,  liabilities,
commitments and  contingencies.  The Bank has established  detailed policies and
control  procedures  that are  intended  to ensure  valuation  methods  are well
controlled  and applied  consistently  from period to period.  In addition,  the
policies  and  procedures  are  intended to ensure that the process for changing
methodologies  occurs in an  appropriate  manner.  Management  believes that the
determination of the allowances for loan losses is a critical policy.

         Allowance  for  Loan  Losses.  Arriving  at  an  appropriate  level  of
allowance  for loan  losses  involves  a high  degree of  judgment.  The  Bank's
allowance for loan losses  provides for losses based upon  evaluations  of known
and inherent  losses in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable
to estimate.  Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the allowance, and all
recoveries are credited to it.

         Management uses historical information to assess the allowance for loan
losses as well as the  prevailing  business  environment,  as it is  affected by
changing economic conditions and various external factors,  which may impact the
portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. The allowance is increased by provisions
for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and reduced by
loans charged- off. For a full discussion of the Bank's methodology of assessing
the  reserve  for  loan  losses,  refer  to Note 1 of the  financial  statements
commencing on page F-7.

Comparison of the Results of  Operations  for the Fiscal Years Ended October 31,
2003 and October 31, 2002

         The Bank recorded net income of $556,000 in 2003,  which  represents an
increase  of  $27,000,  or 5.1%,  over  2002.  This  increase  in net  income is
primarily due to a reduction in noninterest expenses of $108,000, which resulted
from savings  associated  with closing a branch  office  located in  Germantown,
Pennsylvania  coupled  with a reduction  in income  taxes of $74,000.  Partially
offsetting  these  reductions in expenses in 2003 was a decrease in net interest
income of $168,000.

         Net  Interest  Income.  Net  interest  income  for  2003  decreased  to
$2,670,000  as compared to  $2,838,000  for 2002.  Interest  income for 2003 was
$5,120,000  as compared to  $5,837,000  for 2002.  This  decrease of $717,000 or
12.3% was  influenced  primarily by a decrease in the  interest  earned on loans
receivable of $716,000 and was the product of both volume and rate  fluctuations
during the period. The average balance of loans receivable  decreased $5,597,000
to $49,785,000 during 2003 and was the result of mortgage loan repayments due to
customers'  refinancing  in the  current  low  interest  rate  environment.  The
tax-equivalent yield on interest earning assets decreased to 6.21% for 2003 from
7.27% for 2002, and

                                       24



primarily  resulted  from a 113  basis  point  and 50 basis  point  decrease  in
investment   securities  and  loans  receivable,   respectively.   During  2003,
$15,076,000  in  called,   matured,  and  repayed  investment   securities  were
reinvested at substantially lower rates. The inflow of deposits coupled with the
rapid  repayment of  mortgage-backed  securities  has  resulted in  reinvestment
options at  substantially  lower rates than the previous year. The overall lower
interest rate environment  resulted during 2002, when interest rates were driven
downward by an aggressive rate reduction policy by the Federal Reserve Board.

         Interest  expense  decreased  $550,000 or 18.3% for 2003 to  $2,450,000
from  $3,000,000  for 2002.  Interest  expense  incurred on  deposits  decreased
$478,000  for 2003 as compared  to 2002 and was  primarily  attributable  to the
current  interest  rate  environment  that resulted in a lowering of the cost of
funds to 3.25% for 2003 as compared to 4.08% for 2002. Although the Bank reduced
its costs on all deposit products during 2003, certificates of deposits were the
primary target as such costs decreased by 94 basis points.  Interest  expense on
borrowings  also decreased to $222,000 for 2003 as compared to $294,000 for 2002
as a result of a decline in average balances.

         Loan Loss Provision.  The provision for loan losses was $33,000 in 2003
as  compared  to  $25,000  in  2002.  The loan  loss  provision  is  based  upon
management's assessment of a variety of factors,  including types and amounts of
nonperforming  loans,  historical loss experience,  collectibility of collateral
values and guaranties,  pending legal action for collection of loans and related
guaranties,  and current economic  conditions.  The loan loss provision reflects
management's  judgment of the known and  inherent  losses in the loan  portfolio
that are both probable and reasonable to estimate.  Although management believes
the loan loss  provision has been  sufficient to maintain an adequate  allowance
for loan  losses,  actual loan losses  could  exceed the amounts  that have been
charged to operations.

         Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income increased slightly in 2003
to $386,000  from  $365,000 for 2002.  Noninterest  income  items are  primarily
comprised of service  charges and fees on deposit account  activity,  along with
fee income  derived  from other  financial  related  services.  The  increase is
principally  due to the  recognition  of  additional  fee  income  from  deposit
accounts due to an increase in both the transactional fees being charged and the
volume  of  related  transactions.  The Bank  anticipates  the  investment  in a
bank-owned  life  insurance  product in 2004 which  should  generate  additional
noninterest income.

         Noninterest  Expense.  Noninterest expense decreased 4.7% to $2,177,000
for 2003 as compared  to  $2,285,000  for 2002.  Noninterest  expense  items are
primarily  comprised  of  compensation  and  employee  benefits,  occupancy  and
equipment,  federal insurance premiums,  data processing,  professional fees and
various other operational expenses. Compensation and employee benefits decreased
$70,000, or 6.0%, primarily as a result of a decrease in the number of full time
equivalent  employees  coupled with a reduction in discretionary  benefit costs.
Occupancy  and  equipment  expenses  decreased  29.8% or $116,000 as a result of
closing the Bank's  former  Germantown  branch and a reduction  in  depreciation
recognized on capitalized  assets. Net real estate operations,  which consist of
the costs  incurred in the temporary  operation of other real estate  owned,  as
well as the gains and losses  associated  with the disposal of such  properties,
increased  $74,000  in 2003 as a result of a  reduction  in gains on the sale of
other real estate.  In addition,  federal deposit insurance  premiums  decreased
39.6% for 2003 as a result of the  lowering  of the Bank's  risk  rating,  while
professional  fees increased  $20,000  during 2003 from  increased  services for
general business  activities.  Noninterest expenses will be expected to increase
in 2004  due to the  additional  costs  of  professional  fees  associated  with
becoming a public company, the expected  implementation of supplemental employer
retirement  plans  for  key  employees,  and  expenses  from an  employee  stock
ownership and restricted stock plan.

                                       25



         Income  Taxes.  Income taxes  declined  20.3% to $290,000 for 2003 from
$364,000  for 2002 due to a reduction  in income and a decrease in the tax rate.
The  effective  tax rate was  reduced to 34.2% for 2003 from 40.7% for 2002 as a
result of an increase in tax-exempt income.

Comparison of Financial Condition at October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002

         Assets and Liabilities.  The Bank's total assets increased  $2,106,000,
or 2.5%,  to  $87,367,000  at October 31, 2003 from  $85,261,000  at October 31,
2002. This increase primarily resulted from a $3,845,000,  or 16.4%, increase in
investment  securities  available  for  sale  that  was  primarily  funded  by a
$2,258,000 net increase in customer deposits.

         Cash and cash equivalents  decreased  $997,000 to $6,304,000 at October
31, 2003 from  $7,301,000  at October  31,  2002.  The  decrease  resulted  from
temporary  fluctuations  with  deposits  with  other  banks due to the timing of
customer activity.

         Investment  securities  available for sale  increased to $27,337,000 at
October 31, 2003 from  $23,492,000  at October 31, 2002. The increase in 2003 is
due to investment purchases of $19,541,000,  primarily in U.S. Government agency
securities,  which was partially  offset by investment  calls and  maturities of
$15,076,000. Purchases of U.S. Government agency securities, which have all been
classified as available for sale,  typically have maturities ranging from 1 to 5
years with yields between 3.0% and 4.8%.  During 2003,  principal  repayments on
mortgage-backed   securities  were  utilized  for  other  operational  purposes,
including the purchase of U.S.  Government agency securities.  This has resulted
in a more diversified  investment  portfolio mix between U.S.  Government agency
and mortgage- backed securities. Management was able to fund this growth with an
influx  of  deposits  coupled  with  the  utilization  of  excess  cash and cash
equivalents,  and the reinvestment of called and matured  securities  during the
year.

         Net loans  receivable,  which remained  relatively stable in 2003, were
$50,730,000  at October 31, 2003 as compared to $51,689,000 at October 31, 2002.
A slight decrease in one-to-four  family  mortgages was noted during the year as
customers'  refinanced  loans  in  light  of the  continued  low  interest  rate
environment.   Management   maintains  a  loan  pricing   structure  that  while
competitive, also considers interest rate risk and liquidity risk. As of October
31, 2003, the Bank had commitments to fund loans of $3,273,000.

         At October  31,  2003,  the  allowance  for loan  losses  decreased  to
$263,000 from $267,000 at October 31, 2002, and  represented  0.51% of the gross
loan portfolio at October 31, 2003 and 2002. Nonperforming loans as a percentage
of total net loans at October 31, 2003  decreased  to 0.75% from 1.06% for 2002.
The Bank had  nonaccrual  loans of $370,000 and $543,000 at October 31, 2003 and
2002,  respectively.  Management  does not believe the  nonaccrual  loans or any
amounts classified as nonperforming will have a significant effect on operations
or  liquidity  in 2004.  Furthermore,  management  is not aware of any trends or
uncertainties  related to any loans  classified as doubtful or substandard  that
might have a material effect on earnings, liquidity, or capital resources.

         Total deposits increased $2,258,000, or 3.2%, to $72,273,000 at October
31, 2003 from $70,015,110 at October 31, 2002. Such growth,  which was primarily
concentrated in  transactional,  savings,  and money market deposits,  increased
$1,281,000,  $1,114,000, and $727,000, respectively, and resulted from continual
marketing efforts by management,  as well as management's competitive pricing of
such  products.  Deposit  growth also was driven by a general  shift in customer
preference away from

                                       26



the equity  markets and into  insured  bank  deposits.  Although  time  deposits
declined, they continued to account for 71.6% of the total deposit portfolio and
remain a dominant resource for funds.

         Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  borrowings  decreased  slightly  in  2003 to
$6,637,000 and  approximately  60% of these  borrowings will mature in 2004. The
proceeds  from these  borrowings  were  originally  utilized to  supplement  the
funding of loan demand.

         Retained  Earnings.  Total  retained  earnings  increased  $285,000  at
October 31, 2003 due to net income of $556,000  that was offset  partially  by a
decrease in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income of $271,000.  Accumulated
other  comprehensive  income  decreased  as a  result  of  changes  in  the  net
unrealized gain on investment  securities available for sale due to fluctuations
in  interest  rates.  Because of interest  rate  volatility,  accumulated  other
comprehensive  income could  materially  fluctuate  for each interim  period and
year-end period depending on economic and interest rate conditions.  The Bank is
currently  in the process of an initial  stock  offering,  which will include an
employee stock  ownership  plan and a restricted  stock plan. The proceeds would
result in  additional  equity in the  immediate  future  which  will be used for
general business purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Liquidity  management  for the Bank is measured and monitored on both a
short- and long-term basis,  allowing  management to better understand and react
to emerging balance sheet trends. After assessing actual and projected cash flow
needs,  management  seeks to obtain funding at the most  economical  cost to the
Bank. Both short- and long-term  liquidity needs are addressed by maturities and
sales of investments securities,  and loan repayments and maturities. The use of
these  resources,  in  conjunction  with  access to  credit,  provides  the core
ingredients for satisfying depositor, borrower, and creditor needs.

         The  Bank's  liquid  assets  consist  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,
certificates  of  deposit  in  other  financial   institutions   and  investment
securities  classified  as  available  for sale.  The  level of these  assets is
dependent on the Bank's operating,  investing,  and financing  activities during
any given  period.  At  October  31,  2003,  cash and cash  equivalents  totaled
$6,304,000  or 7.2% of total assets while  investment  securities  classified as
available for sale and  certificates of deposit in other financial  institutions
totaled  $27,521,000  or 31.5% of total  assets.  Management  believes  that the
liquidity  needs of the Bank are  satisfied  by the current  balance of cash and
cash equivalents,  readily available access to traditional funding sources, FHLB
borrowings,  and the portion of the investment and loan  portfolios that matures
within  one year.  These  sources  of funds  will  enable  the Bank to meet cash
obligations and off-balance  sheet commitments of $3,273,000 as they come due in
the upcoming year.  Certificates of deposit  maturing within one year or less at
October 31, 2003 totaled  $21,717,000.  Management believes these will stay with
the Bank upon maturity.

         Operating  activities  provided  net cash of $604,000  and $532,000 for
2003 and 2002,  respectively,  and were generated principally from net income of
$556,000 and $529,000 in each of these respective periods.

         Investing   activities  consist  primarily  of  loan  originations  and
repayments  and  investment  purchases and  maturities.  For 2003,  cash used by
investing activities primarily consisted of investment purchases of $19,541,000.
Partially  offsetting the cash used by investing  activities was  $15,076,000 of
proceeds from investment security maturities and repayments, as well as net loan
repayments  of $746,000.  For the same period ended 2002,  investing  activities
provided $1,649,000 in funds principally from the net

                                       27



repayment of loans,  the proceeds from  repayments  and maturities of investment
securities,  and  proceeds  from  the  sales  of real  estate  acquired  through
foreclosure  of $7,304,000,  $8,752,000,  and $953,000  respectively.  Partially
offsetting  these  amounts  was  the  purchase  of  investment   securities  for
$15,372,000.  For both periods, the lower interest rate environment has resulted
in  numerous  securities  being  called  and  one to  four  family  loans  being
refinanced.  The Bank  anticipates  the purchase of a bank- owned life insurance
product in 2004.

         Financing  activities  consist of the  solicitation  and  repayment  of
customer  deposits,  borrowings  and  repayments,  and advances by borrowers for
taxes and  insurance.  During 2003,  net cash  provided by financing  activities
totaled  $2,112,000  and was  principally  derived from an increase in deposits.
During 2002, net cash used for financing  activities  totaled $204,000,  and was
principally  derived from  repayments  of Federal Home Loan Bank  borrowings  of
$1,151,000 that were partially  offset by an increase in deposits of $1,099,000.
The Bank has $4,061,000 in FHLB borrowings coming due in 2004 and is expected to
roll a portion  of this into  another  loan  with the FHLB.  The funds  from the
initial public offering are expected to reduce the remaining portion, as well as
fund general business operations.

         The  following  table  discloses  the  Bank's   contractual   borrowing
obligations as of October 31, 2003.



                                                       Less Than                                After
                                          Total         1 Year       1-3 Years     4-5 Years   5 Years
                                          ------       ---------    -----------    ---------   -------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                              
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings....     $6,637        $4,061        $  76           $1,500   $1,000
                                          ======        ======        =====           ======   ======


         At October 31, 2003, the Bank had a maximum borrowing capacity of $58.8
million with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

         The following  table  discloses the Bank's new loan  commitments  as of
October 31, 2003, including unused lines of credit.



                                                   Total
                                                  Amounts         Less Than                                     Over
                                                 Committed         1 Year        1-3 Years      4-5 Years    5 Years
                                                 ---------         ------        ---------      ---------    -------
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                          
Construction loans in process(1).............     $   31           $   31         $     -         $     -    $     -
Other commitments to extend credit(2)........      3,242            3,242               -               -          -
                                                  ------           ------         -------         -------    -------
   Total.....................................     $3,273           $3,273         $     -         $     -    $     -
                                                  ======           ======         =======         =======    =======


- ------------------
(1)  Includes  construction  loans which will  convert to permanent  loans.
(2)  Represents amounts committed to customers.

         Historically,  the Bank's  primary  source of capital has been retained
earnings,  which,  with net  retained  income,  has  supported  past  growth and
expansion.  The  proceeds of the stock  offering in  connection  with the Bank's
mutual-to-stock  conversion are part of management's new capital planning policy
to ensure compliance with regulations and to permit future expansion.

                                       28



         The Bank is subject to federal  regulations  imposing  minimum  capital
requirements.   Management   monitors  the  Bank's  Total  risk-based,   Tier  I
risk-based,  and Tier I  leverage  capital  ratios  to  assess  compliance  with
regulatory  guidelines.  At October  31,  2003,  the Bank  exceeded  the minimum
capital ratio requirements.  The Bank's Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and
Tier I leverage  capital ratios were 21.0%,  20.3%, and 8.9%,  respectively,  at
October 31, 2003.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In August 2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("FAS") No. 143, Accounting
for  Asset  Retirement  Obligations,  which  requires  that the fair  value of a
liability be recognized  when incurred for the retirement of a long-lived  asset
and the value of the asset be  increased  by that  amount.  The  statement  also
requires  that the  liability be  maintained  at its present value in subsequent
periods and outlines certain  disclosures for such obligations.  The adoption of
this  statement,  which was effective  November 1, 2002, did not have a material
effect on the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

         In July  2002,  the FASB  issued  FAS No.  146,  Accounting  for  Costs
Associated  with  Exit or  Disposal  Activities,  which  requires  companies  to
recognize  costs  associated  with  exit or  disposal  activities  when they are
incurred  rather than at the date of a commitment  to an exit or disposal  plan.
This statement replaces EITF Issue No. 94-3,  Liability  Recognition for Certain
Employee  Termination  Benefits  and Other Costs to Exit an Activity  (Including
Certain Costs Incurred in a  Restructuring).  The new statement is effective for
exit or disposal  activities  initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of
this statement did not have a material effect on the Bank's  financial  position
or results of operations.

         On December  31,  2002,  the FASB issued FAS No.  148,  Accounting  for
Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure, which amends FAS No. 123,
Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation.  FAS No. 148  amends the  disclosure
requirements  of FAS  No.  123 to  require  more  prominent  and  more  frequent
disclosures   in  financial   statements   about  the  effects  of   stock-based
compensation.  Under the  provisions of FAS No. 123,  companies that adopted the
preferable,  fair  value  based  method  were  required  to  apply  that  method
prospectively  for new stock  option  awards.  This  contributed  to a "ramp-up"
effect on  stock-based  compensation  expense  in the first few years  following
adoption,  which caused concern for companies and investors  because of the lack
of  consistency  in  reported  results.  To address  that  concern,  FAS No. 148
provides two  additional  methods of  transition  that reflect an entity's  full
complement  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  immediately  upon  adoption,
thereby  eliminating the ramp-up  effect.  FAS No. 148 also improves the clarity
and  prominence  of  disclosures  about the pro forma  effects of using the fair
value based method of accounting for stock-based  compensation for all companies
- -- regardless  of the  accounting  method used -- by requiring  that the data be
presented more prominently and in a more  user-friendly  format in the footnotes
to the financial statements.  In addition, the statement improves the timeliness
of those  disclosures by requiring that this  information be included in interim
as well as annual  financial  statements.  The  transition  guidance  and annual
disclosure provisions of FAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after
December 15, 2002, with earlier application permitted in certain  circumstances.
The interim disclosure provisions are effective for financial reports containing
financial  statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The
adoption  of this  statement  did  not  have a  material  effect  on the  Bank's
financial  position or results of  operations,  but may in the future  after the
implementation of stock benefit plans.

         In April, 2003, the FASB issued FAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133
on Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities.  This statement  amends and
clarifies  accounting for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging

                                       29



activities  under FAS No. 133. The  amendments  set forth in FAS No. 149 improve
financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable  characteristics
be accounted for similarly.  In particular,  this statement clarifies under what
circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic
of a derivative  as discussed in FAS No. 133. In addition,  it clarifies  when a
derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the
statement   of  cash  flows.   FAS  No.149   amends   certain   other   existing
pronouncements.  Those  changes  will  result in more  consistent  reporting  of
contracts  that are  derivatives  in their  entirety  or that  contain  embedded
derivatives  that warrant separate  accounting.  This statement is effective for
contracts  entered into or modified after  September 30, 2003,  except as stated
below and for hedging  relationships  designated  after  September 30, 2003. The
guidance should be applied prospectively.  The provisions of this statement that
relate to FAS No. 133 Implementation  Issues that have been effective for fiscal
quarters that began prior to September 15, 2003,  should  continue to be applied
in  accordance  with their  respective  effective  dates.  In addition,  certain
provisions  relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued  securities or
other securities that do not yet exist,  should be applied to existing contracts
as well as new contracts  entered into after September 30, 2003. The adoption of
this statement did not have a material effect on the Bank's  financial  position
or results of operations.

         In May 2003,  the FASB  issued  FAS No.  150,  Accounting  for  Certain
Financial  Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This
statement  establishes  standards  for how an  issuer  classifies  and  measures
certain  financial  instruments  with  characteristics  of both  liabilities and
equity.  It  requires  that an issuer  classify a financial  instrument  that is
within  its  scope as a  liability  (or an asset  in some  circumstances).  Such
instruments  may have been  previously  classified as equity.  This statement is
effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003,
and  otherwise  is  effective  at the  beginning  of the  first  interim  period
beginning  after June 15,  2003,  except for  mandatorily  redeemable  financial
instruments of nonpublic entities. These financial instrument are subject to the
provisions  of this  Statement  for the  first  fiscal  period  beginning  after
December 15, 2003. The adoption of this statement has not and is not expected to
have a material effect on the Bank's reported equity.

         In November 2002, the FASB issued  Interpretation  No. 45,  Guarantor's
Accounting  and  Disclosure  requirements  for  Guarantees,  Including  Indirect
Guarantees of  Indebtedness  of Others.  This  interpretation  elaborates on the
disclosures  to be made by a  guarantor  in its  interim  and  annual  financial
statements  about its obligations  under certain  guarantees that it has issued.
This  interpretation  clarifies that a guarantor is required to disclose (a) the
nature of the guarantee,  including the approximate  term of the guarantee,  how
the  guarantee  arose,  and the events or  circumstances  that would require the
guarantor to perform under the guarantee;  (b) the maximum  potential  amount of
future  payments under the guarantee;  (c) the carrying amount of the liability,
if any, for the guarantor's obligations under the guarantee;  and (d) the nature
and extent of any recourse provisions or available  collateral that would enable
the   guarantor  to  recover  the  amounts  paid  under  the   guarantee.   This
interpretation also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize,  at the
inception of a guarantee,  a liability for the  obligations it has undertaken in
issuing  the  guarantee,  including  its  ongoing  obligation  to stand ready to
perform  over  the  term  of the  guarantee  in the  event  that  the  specified
triggering events or conditions occur. The objective of the initial  measurement
of that  liability  is the fair value of the  guarantee  at its  inception.  The
initial  recognition and initial  measurement  provisions of this interpretation
are  applicable on a prospective  basis to guarantees  issued or modified  after
December  31,  2002,  irrespective  of  the  guarantor's  fiscal  year-end.  The
disclosure  requirements  in this  interpretation  are  effective  for financial
statements  of interim or annual  periods  ending after  December 15, 2002.  The
adoption  of this  interpretation  did not have a material  effect on the Bank's
financial position or results of operations.

                                       30



         In January 2003, the FASB issued  Interpretation No. 46,  Consolidation
of  Variable  Interest  Entities,  in an effort to  expand  upon and  strengthen
existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its
financial  statements the assets,  liabilities and activities of another entity.
The  objective  of this  interpretation  is not to restrict  the use of variable
interest entities but to improve financial  reporting by companies involved with
variable  interest  entities.  Until now,  one company  generally  has  included
another entity in its  consolidated  financial  statements only if it controlled
the  entity  through  voting  interests.  This  interpretation  changes  that by
requiring a variable  interest  entity to be  consolidated  by a company if that
company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable  interest
entity's  activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's  residual
returns or both. The  consolidation  requirements of this  interpretation  apply
immediately to variable  interest  entities  created after January 31, 2003. The
consolidation  requirements  apply to older entities in the first fiscal year or
interim  period  beginning  after  June  15,  2003.  Certain  of the  disclosure
requirements  apply in all financial  statements  issued after January 31, 2003,
regardless of when the variable  interest  entity was  established.  In October,
2003, the FASB decided to defer to the fourth quarter from the third quarter the
implementation  date for  Interpretation  No. 46. This  deferral only applies to
variable  interest entities that existed prior to February 1, 2003. The adoption
of this  interpretation has not and is not expected to have a material effect on
the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The Bank's  consolidated  financial  statements and related data herein
have been prepared in accordance with accounting  principles  generally accepted
in the  United  States  of  America,  which  require  measurement  of  financial
condition  and results of operations  in terms of  historical  dollars,  without
considering  changes in the relative  purchasing power of money over time due to
inflation.

         Because the primary assets and  liabilities of the Bank are monetary in
nature,  changes in the general  level of prices for goods and  services  have a
relatively minor impact on total expenses.  Increases in operating expenses such
as salaries and  maintenance  are in part  attributable  to inflation.  However,
interest  rates  have  a far  more  significant  effect  than  inflation  on the
performance of financial institutions, including the Bank.

Market Risk and Net Portfolio Value

         Market  risk is the risk of loss of  income  from  adverse  changes  in
prices and rates that are set by the market. The Bank is at risk that changes in
interest  rates may affect  the income it  receives  on lending  and  investment
activities,  as well as the costs associated with its deposits and borrowings. A
sudden and substantial change in interest rates may affect earnings if the rates
of interest that the Bank earns on its loans and investments  does not change at
the same speed,  to the same extent or on the same basis as the  interest  rates
the Bank pays on its deposits and borrowings.  The Bank makes it a high priority
to actively monitor and manage its exposure to interest rate risk.

         The Bank seeks to manage  interest rate  sensitivity  through its asset
and  liability  committee  which is comprised of members of  management  and the
Board of Directors.  The committee  accomplishes  this by first  evaluating  the
interest  rate risk that is  inherent  in the  makeup of the  Bank's  assets and
liabilities.  The committee then considers the Bank's business strategy, current
operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, as well as the Bank's
current performance  objectives,  to determine an appropriate level of risk. The
Board of  Directors  has adopted  guidelines  within  which the Bank manages its
interest rate risk, trying to minimize to the extent practical its vulnerability
to changes in interest  rates.  These  strategies  include  focusing  the Bank's
investment activities on short and medium-term securities,

                                       31



emphasizing  shorter-term  loans and loans with  adjustable  rate features,  and
maintaining and increasing the transaction  deposit accounts,  as these accounts
are  considered  to be  relatively  resistant  to changes in interest  rates and
utilizing  deposit  marketing  programs to adjust the term or  repricing  of its
liabilities.

         The Bank also monitors its interest rate sensitivity through the use of
an asset/liability  management (ALM) model which estimates the change in its net
portfolio  value  ("NPV") in the event of a range of  assumed  changes in market
interest  rates.  Net portfolio  value is defined as the current market value of
assets, less the current market value of liabilities,  plus or minus the current
value of  off-balance  sheet  items.  The  change  in NPV  measures  the  Bank's
vulnerability  to  changes in  interest  rates by  estimating  the change in the
market value of its assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet items as a result
of an  instantaneous  change in the general level of interest rates (i.e.  shock
analysis).  At October 31, 2003, the Bank had off-balance  sheet items which are
described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

         As market interest rates decreased during 2003, the average  maturities
of loans and investment securities shortened due to quicker prepayments, causing
an  increase  in their  value.  Deposit  accounts  have  only  relatively  minor
movements in a declining  interest  rate  environment,  since they are primarily
short term in nature, resulting in the value of deposits decreasing more quickly
than the value of assets  increase.  If market interest rates begin to increase,
the average  maturities of loans and  securities  will  lengthen as  prepayments
decrease.  Decreases in the value of these loans and securities  occur at a more
rapid rate in the Bank's NPV model than  increases in the value of its deposits.
The slow increase in the value of the Bank's  deposits in a rising interest rate
environment  is due to the high  concentration  of time  deposits in the deposit
base which have terms of one year or less.

         The  following  table  lists the  percentage  change in the  Bank's net
portfolio value (NPV) assuming an immediate  change in interest rates of plus or
minus up to 300 basis  points from the level at September  30, 2003.  The -200bp
and  -300bp  scenarios  are  not  shown  due to  low  prevailing  interest  rate
environment.



                                                                                 NPV as % of
                           (Net Portfolio Value ("NPV")                     Present Value of Assets
                  -------------------------------------------------     ----------------------------
Change in                                                                                 Change
Rates (basis      Estimated         Amount of          Percent of        NPV              (basis
        points)   NPV               ($)Change(1)      NPV Change(2)      Ratio(%)(3)      points)(4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------     ----------------------------
                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                         
    +300             $7,435             $(3,193)         (30)%             8.70%           (289)
    +200              8,716              (1,912)         (18)%             9.94%           (165)
    +100              9,812                (816)          (8)%            10.93%            (67)
       0             10,628                                               11.59%              -
    -100             10,500                (128)          (1)%            11.32%            (27)
    -200                  -                   -            - %                -%              -
    -300                  -                   -            - %                -%              -


- --------------
(1)  Represents  the excess  (deficiency)  of the  estimated  NPV  assuming  the
     indicated  change in interest  rates minus the  estimated  NPV  assuming no
     change in interest rates.
(2)  Calculated  as the  amount of change in the  estimated  NPV  divided by the
     estimated NPV assuming no change in interest rates.
(3)  Calculated as estimated NPV divided by present value of total assets.
(4)  Calculated  as the  excess  (deficiency)  of the  NPV  ratio  assuming  the
     indicated change in interest rates over the estimated NPV ratio assuming no
     change in interest rates.

         The NPV model,  shown above,  which is prepared by the Office of Thrift
Supervision , has certain  shortcomings and is as of September 30, 2003, and not
the Bank's  fiscal year end of October  31,  2003.  Based on the model,  certain
assumptions are made that may or may not actually reflect how actual yields

                                       32



and costs  will  react to market  interest  rates.  For  example,  the NPV model
assumes that the makeup of its interest rate  sensitive  assets and  liabilities
will remain constant over the period being measured. Thus, although using such a
model can be  instructive  in providing an indication of the Bank's  exposure to
interest rate risk, the Bank cannot  precisely  forecast the effects of a change
in market interest rates,  and the results  indicated by the model are likely to
differ from actual results.

                                       33



         Average   Balance  Sheet.   The  following  table  sets  forth  certain
information  relating to the Bank for the years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002.
The average  yields and costs are  derived by dividing  income or expense by the
average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the years presented.
Average  balances  are  derived  from  daily  balances.   Yields  on  investment
securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.



                                                                              For the Year Ended October 31,
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   2003                                          2002
                                                   ---------------------------------------       -----------------------------------
                                                   Average                        Average         Average                   Average
                                                   Balance       Interest       Yield/Cost        Balance      Interest   Yield/Cost
                                                   -------       --------       ----------        -------      --------   ----------
                                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable net (1).......................   $49,785         $3,934             7.90%       $55,382       $4,650      8.40%
 Investment securities .........................    27,839          1,111             4.13         20,972        1,094      5.26
 Other interest-earning assets..................     5,487             75             1.37          4,117           93      2.26
                                                   -------         ------                         -------       ------
  Total interest-earning assets.................    83,111         $5,120             6.21         80,471       $5,837      7.27
                                                                   ------                                       ------
Non-interest-earning assets.....................     3,375                                          3,659
                                                   -------                                        -------
  Total assets..................................   $86,486                                        $84,130
                                                   =======                                        =======
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Interest-bearing demand deposits...............   $ 2,968         $   36             1.21%       $ 2,865       $   39      1.36%
 Money market deposits..........................     4,108             80             1.95          3,528           97      2.75
 Savings accounts...............................     9,081            146             1.61          8,657          178      2.06
 Certificates of deposit........................    52,490          1,966             3.75         51,038        2,391      4.68
 FHLB borrowings................................     6,664            222             3.33          7,359          294      4.00
                                                   -------         ------                         -------       ------
  Total interest-bearing liabilities............    75,311         $2,450             3.24         73,447       $2,999      4.09
                                                                   ------                                       ------
Non-interest-bearing liabilities................     3,486                                          3,614
                                                   -------                                        -------
 Total liabilities..............................    78,797                                         77,061
Retained earnings...............................     7,689                                          7,069
                                                   -------                                        -------
 Total liabilities and retained earnings........   $86,486                                        $84,130
                                                   =======                                        =======
Net interest income.............................                   $2,670                                       $2,838
                                                                   ======                                       ======
Interest rate spread (2)........................                                      2.95%                                 3.18%
                                                                                    ======                                ======
Net yield on interest-earning assets(3).........                                      3.26%                                 3.54%
                                                                                    ======                                ======
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities.........                                    110.36%                               109.56%
                                                                                    ======                                ======


- --------------------------------------
(1)  Non-accruing  loans have been  included in loans  receivable,  net, and the
     effect of such inclusion was not material.
(2)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     interest-earning   assets  and  the   average   cost  of   interest-bearing
     liabilities.
(3)  Net yield on  interest-earning  assets  represents net interest income as a
     percentage of average interest-earning assets.

                                       34



         Rate/Volume Analysis.  The relationship between the volume and rates of
the Bank's interest-bearing  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities influences
the Bank's net interest income.  The following table reflects the sensitivity of
the  Bank's  interest  income and  interest  expense to changes in volume and in
prevailing  interest rates during the periods indicated.  Each category reflects
the:  (1) changes in volume  (changes  in volume  multiplied  by old rate);  (2)
changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume);  and (3) net change.
The net change  attributable  to the combined impact of volume and rate has been
allocated proportionally to the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.



                                                   Year Ended October 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------------
                                           2003 vs. 2002            2002 vs. 2001
                                     -------------------------  -------------------------
                                     Increase (Decrease)        Increase (Decrease)
                                          Due to                      Due to
                                     -------------------        -------------------
                                      Volume     Rate      Net   Volume     Rate     Net
                                      ------     ----      ---   ------     ----     ---
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                
Interest and dividend income:
 Loans receivable ..................   $(452)   $(264)   $(716)   $(511)    (130)   $(641)
 Investment securities .............      49      (32)      17      249     (100)     149
 Other interest-earning assets .....      96     (114)     (18)      21     (121)    (100)
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest-earning assets ....   $(307)   $(410)   $(717)   $(241)   $(351)   $(592)
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====

Interest expense:
 Interest-bearing demand deposits ..       1       (4)      (3)       5        1        6
 Money market deposits .............      22      (39)     (17)      39      (50)     (11)
 Savings accounts ..................       9      (41)     (32)     (13)     (33)     (46)
 Certificates of deposit ...........      70     (495)    (425)     111     (489)    (378)
 FHLB borrowings ...................     (26)     (46)     (72)    (140)    (161)    (301)
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
  Total interest-bearing liabilities   $  76    $(625)   $(549)   $   2    $(732)   $(730)
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====

Change in net interest income ......   $(383)   $ 215    $(168)   $(243)   $ 381    $ 138
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====    =====


                                       35



                         BUSINESS OF SE FINANCIAL CORP.

         Upon  completion of the  conversion we will own all of the stock of the
Bank.  We have not engaged in any  significant  business  to date.  Prior to the
conversion,  we will not  transact  any  material  business.  We will invest our
initial  capitalization as discussed in the Use of Proceeds section on page ___.
In the future,  we may pursue other business  activities,  including  investment
alternatives and  diversification of operations.  There are, however, no current
plans for these  activities.  Initially,  we will not maintain  offices separate
from those of the Bank or employ any  persons  other than  certain of the Bank's
officers.  Officers of SE Financial Corp. will not be separately compensated for
their service.

                  BUSINESS OF ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

General

         St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank was originally  chartered and began
operations in 1912 as St. Edmond's  Building and Loan  Association.  It became a
federally-chartered  savings bank in 1995.  The Bank's  deposits  are  federally
insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund as administered by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  The Bank is  regulated by the Office of Thrift
Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented  savings  organization,  providing
traditional retail banking services. The Bank's lending products include one- to
four-family  residential  mortgage loans (including investor loans and mixed-use
loans),  multi-family  mortgage  loans,  commercial  real estate mortgage loans,
construction loans, home equity loans,  savings account loans and other consumer
loans.  The  Bank's  primary  source  of funds  for its  lending  and  investing
activities  is  deposits,  with a focus on  certificates  of  deposit.  The Bank
conducts  its  operations  through  its main  office  located  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania and a branch office located in Sewell, New Jersey.

         At October 31, 2003, the Bank had total assets,  deposits, and retained
earnings of $87.4 million,  $72.3 million, and $7.7 million,  respectively.  The
Bank attracts deposits from the general public and uses these deposits primarily
to originate loans and to purchase  mortgage-backed  and other  securities.  The
principal  sources of funds for the Bank's lending and investing  activities are
deposits,  the repayment and maturity of loans and the sale, maturity,  and call
of  securities.  The  principal  source  of  income  is  interest  on loans  and
investment and  mortgage-backed  securities.  The principal  expense is interest
paid on deposits.

Market Area and Competition

         The Bank  defines its primary  market areas to include  certain  postal
codes surrounding its main office located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, with an
emphasis on the south Philadelphia  market, and certain postal codes surrounding
its branch office located in Sewell,  New Jersey. The Bank also originates loans
on real estate located within a 100 mile radius of its main office and considers
this area as within its primary market area.

         The   Philadelphia   market  is  an  urban   market  area  and  can  be
characterized  as having a blue collar  customer base,  lower average  household
incomes and lower average home prices. In comparison to the Philadelphia market,
the Sewell  market is a more  affluent  suburban  area with a more white  collar
customer  base with higher  average  household  incomes and higher  average home
prices.

                                       36



         The   Philadelphia   office  is  the  primary  office  for  the  Bank's
activities.  At October 31, 2003,  deposits at the  Philadelphia  office totaled
approximately   $68.3  million  and  deposits  at  the  Sewell  office   totaled
approximately $4.0 million.

         The  Bank's  business  of  attracting  deposits  and  making  loans  is
primarily  conducted  within its primary  market areas.  A downturn in the local
economy could reduce the amount of funds  available for deposit,  the ability of
borrowers to repay their loans and  collateral  values,  which would likely hurt
the Bank's profitability.

         The Bank faces substantial  competition in attracting  deposits,  which
are its primary  source of funds for lending,  and in the  origination of loans.
Many of the Bank's  competitors are significantly  larger  institutions and have
greater  financial  and  managerial  resources.  The  Bank's  ability to compete
successfully is a significant factor affecting its profitability.

         The Bank's  competition  for deposits and loans  historically  has come
from other insured financial  institutions such as local and regional commercial
banks,  thrift  institutions,  and credit unions  located in the Bank's  primary
market areas.  The Bank also competes with mortgage  banking  companies for real
estate loans, and commercial banks and savings  institutions for consumer loans.
The Bank also faces  competition  for funds  from  investment  products  such as
mutual funds, short-term money funds and corporate and government securities.

Lending Activities

         General.  The Bank's loan  portfolio is primarily  comprised of one- to
four-family  residential  real estate  loans,  most of which have fixed rates of
interest.

         Going forward,  the Bank intends to grow its total loan portfolio while
generally  maintaining  the same  relative  percentage  of each category as they
stood at October 31, 2003.

                                       37



         The  following  table  analyzes  the  composition  of the  Bank's  loan
portfolio by loan category at the dates indicated.



                                                                    At October 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                                                            2003                           2002
                                                   -----------------------        ------------------------
                                                     Amount        Percent         Amount         Percent
                                                     ------        -------         ------         -------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                     
Type of Loans:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family(1)....................         $36,151          70.78%       $37,810          72.51%
  Multi-family..............................            466           0.91          1,289           2.47
  Commercial real estate....................          4,006           7.84          4,334           8.31
  Construction..............................          1,416           2.77            151           0.29

Home equity loans...........................          8,409          16.46          7,794          14.95

Loans on savings accounts..................             473           0.93            425           0.82
Other.......................................            151           0.30            343           0.66
                                                    -------         ------        -------         ------

Total loans.................................         51,072         100.00%        52,146         100.00%
                                                                    ======                        ======

Less:
  Net deferred loan fees and
      unamortized premiums..................             79                           190
  Allowance for loan losses.................            263                           267
                                                    -------                       -------

Total loans, net............................        $50,730                       $51,689
                                                    =======                       =======


- ---------------------
(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.

                                       38



         Loan Maturity Schedule.  The following table sets forth the maturity or
repricing of the Bank's loan portfolio at October 31, 2003.



                            One-to -                                                    Home        Loans
                             four          Multi-      Commercial                       equity    on savings
                           family(1)       family      real estate      Construction    loans      accounts    Other      Total
                           ---------       ------      -----------      ------------    -----      --------    -----      -----
                                                               (In thousands)
                                                                                              
Amounts Due:
Within 1 Year..............  $   271       $   53         $  187            $  634      $  263        $ 44      $ 58    $ 1,510
                             -------       ------         ------            ------      ------        ----      ----    -------

After 1 year:
  1 to 3 years.............      591          213            469               782         404         163        16      2,638
  3 to 5 years.............    1,061            -             96                 -         547         266        39      2,009
  5 to 10 years............   12,768           21          2,576                 -       6,738           -         -     22,103
  10 to 15 years...........   21,096          179            678                 -         457           -        38     22,448
  Over 15 years............      364            -              -                 -           -           -         -        364
                             -------       ------         ------            ------      ------        ----      ----    -------

Total due after one year...   35,880          413          3,819               782       8,146         429        93     49,562
                             -------       ------         ------            ------      ------        ----      ----    -------
Total amount due...........  $36,151       $  466         $4,006            $1,416      $8,409        $473      $151    $51,072
                             =======       ======         ======            ======      ======        ====      ====    =======


- ------------------------
(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.

                                       39



         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  dollar  amount of all loans at
October 31, 2003 due after October 31, 2004, which have fixed interest rates and
which have floating or adjustable interest rates.


                                                    Floating or
                                  Fixed Rates    Adjustable Rates         Total
                                  -----------    ----------------         -----
                                                  (In thousands)
One-to -four family(1)...........   $30,654            $5,226          $35,880
Multi-family.....................       413                 -              413
Commercial real estate...........     2,892               927            3,819
Construction.....................         -               782              782
Home equity loans................     6,489             1,657            8,146
Loans on savings accounts........       429                 -              429
Other............................        93                 -               93
                                    -------            ------          -------
  Total..........................   $40,970            $8,592          $49,562
                                    =======            ======          =======
- ------------------------
(1)  Included in this category are lines of credit.

         One- To-Four Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank's primary lending activity
consists of the origination of one- to four-family  mortgage loans, the majority
of which are secured by property located in Philadelphia  County,  Pennsylvania.
Included in this category are mortgage loans on one- to-four  family  properties
that  include  retail  or  service  activities  and  are  considered   mixed-use
properties.  Also included in the one- to-four  family  category are home equity
lines of credit.

         The Bank generally originates mortgage loans in amounts of up to 80% of
the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of a mortgaged property, but
will also permit  loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95%. For loans exceeding an 80%
loan-to-value  ratio,  the Bank requires the borrower to obtain private mortgage
insurance  covering the Bank for any loss on the amount of the loan in excess of
80% in the event of foreclosure.  The majority of the Bank's one- to four-family
mortgage  loans are  originated  with fixed rates and have terms of up to thirty
years, however, the maturities of such loans are generally 15 years or less. The
Bank also offers  adjustable-rate  loans which have  interest  rates that adjust
annually  to the  yield on  one-year,  three-year  or  five-year  U.S.  Treasury
securities plus a margin. The Bank's  adjustable-rate  loans have terms of up to
30 years with initial  fixed-rate  periods of one, three or five years according
to the  terms  of the  loan.  The  Bank's  one  and  three-year  adjustable-rate
mortgages  generally  have a cap of two  percentage  points on rate  adjustments
during any one year and five  percentage  points over the life of the loan.  The
five-year adjustable rate loan does not have such limitations.

         The Bank  generally  makes its fixed  rate  mortgage  loans to meet the
secondary  mortgage  market  standards  of Fannie Mae.  The Bank also makes some
non-conforming loans in order to meet the needs of its community and customers.

         Substantially all of the Bank's  residential  mortgages include "due on
sale" clauses,  which are provisions giving the Bank the right to declare a loan
immediately  payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in
the property to a third party.  Property  appraisals on real estate securing the
Bank's  single-family  residential loans are made by state certified or licensed
independent  appraisers  approved  by the  Board of  Directors.  Appraisals  are
performed in accordance  with  applicable  regulations  and  policies.  The Bank
generally  requires title  insurance  policies on all first mortgage real estate
loans  originated.   All  property  secured  loans  require  fire  and  casualty
insurance.  Loans made on property  located in  designated  flood zones  require
minimum flood insurance coverage based on the amount of the loan.

                                       40



         Reflecting the Bank's Philadelphia market area, at October 31, 2003 and
2002, approximately $10.9 million and $12.7 million, respectively, of the Bank's
one-to-four  family  mortgage  loan  portfolio  consisted  of mortgage  loans on
nonowner-occupied  properties,  representing  30.1%  and 33.6% of  one-to-  four
family  mortgage  loans  and  21.5%  and  24.6% of total  loans.  These  consist
primarily of "investor  loans" secured by one- to-four family  residences.  Such
loans are  generally  originated  in  amounts  of up to 75% of the lesser of the
appraised value or purchase price of a mortgaged property. These loans generally
have fixed rates and terms of up to 20 years.

         Multi-Family  and Commercial  Real Estate Loans.  The Bank originates a
limited number of commercial  real estate  mortgage  loans,  including  loans on
multi-family   dwellings,   retail/service  space,  and  other  income-producing
properties.  The Bank generally  requires no less than 25% downpayment or equity
for loans on  multi-family  properties and 30% for  non-residential  properties.
Typically  these loans are made with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to
twenty-five years and may have a balloon feature.  Essentially all of the Bank's
commercial real estate loans are within the Bank's primary market areas.

         Commercial  real  estate  loans  generally  are  considered  to  entail
significantly  greater risk than that which is involved  with single family real
estate  lending.  The  repayment  of these loans  typically  is dependent on the
successful  operations and income stream of the  commercial  real estate and the
borrower.  These risks can be significantly affected by economic conditions.  In
addition,  commercial  real  estate  lending  generally  requires  substantially
greater  evaluation and oversight  efforts  compared to residential  real estate
lending.

         Construction Lending. The Bank's construction lending includes loans to
individuals for construction of a primary residence.  The Bank also participates
in loans to builders/developers  for the construction of multi-unit or mixed-use
properties. The Bank originates construction loans in an amount up to 75% of the
appraised value for a multi-family or commercial real estate  construction loan,
and up to 80% for a one- to four-family residential  construction loan. The Bank
typically  converts  construction  loans to  individuals  to permanent  loans on
completion of  construction  but does not require  take-out  financing  prior to
origination.  Essentially  all  of the  Bank's  construction  lending  is in its
primary market areas.

         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of credit risk than long- term permanent  financing of  residential  properties.
The Bank's risk of loss on a  construction  loan is  dependent  largely upon the
accuracy  of the initial  estimate  of the  property's  value at  completion  of
construction  and  the  estimated  cost  of  construction.  If the  estimate  of
construction  cost and the  marketability of the property upon completion of the
project prove to be inaccurate,  the Bank may be compelled to advance additional
funds to  complete  the  construction.  Furthermore,  if the final  value of the
completed  property is less than the estimated amount, the value of the property
might not be  sufficient  to assure the  repayment  of the loan.  If the Bank is
forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that
it will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan and it may have
to advance  additional  amounts for  completion  and/or hold the property for an
indeterminate period of time.

         Home Equity Loans. The Bank's home equity loan portfolio includes fixed
rate second mortgage loans with terms of up to fifteen years.  Home equity loans
are  primarily  originated  in the Bank's  primary  market areas and are made in
amounts  of up to 80% of  value.  The Bank  also  offers  home  equity  loans on
investment  properties  in  addition  to loans on primary  residences.  Loans on
investment properties are made in amounts of up to 75% of value.

                                       41



         Loans on  Savings  Accounts.  The  Bank  originates  loans on  passbook
savings accounts for terms up to five years and loans on certificates of deposit
with  the Bank  for  terms  equal to the  certificate  maturity.  The Bank  will
generally lend up to 90% of the account  balance on a savings  secured loan, not
to exceed $100,000. Amortization on such loans may be up to thirty years, with a
balloon payment on the maturity date.

         Other  Loans.  Other  loans  offered by the Bank  consist of  unsecured
consumer  loans up to a maximum of $5,000 per loan with  terms  generally  up to
five years. Such loans have fixed rates of interest.

         Consumer loans entail greater risks than  residential  mortgage  loans,
particularly consumer loans that are unsecured. Further, consumer loan repayment
is dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability and is more likely
to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce,  illness or personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal laws,  including  federal and state
bankruptcy and  insolvency  laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on
consumer loans in the event of a default.

         Loans to One Borrower.  Under federal law, savings  institutions  have,
subject to certain exemptions, lending limits to one borrower in an amount equal
to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of the  institution's  unimpaired  capital and
surplus.  Accordingly,  as of October 31, 2003, the Bank's loans to one borrower
limit was approximately $1.2 million.

         The Bank's  largest  single  borrower  had an  aggregate  loan  balance
outstanding of approximately $842,000 at October 31, 2003, representing one loan
secured by a  residential  investment  property  and one  construction  loan for
condominiums.  The Bank's second largest  borrower had an aggregate loan balance
outstanding of approximately  $670,000 at October 31, 2003,  representing a loan
secured by his  personal  residence.  The Bank's third  largest  borrower had an
aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately  $500,000 at October 31,
2003,  representing four loans secured by commercial real estate,  including one
commercial  property and four  mixed-use  properties,  and one loan secured by a
residential  investment  property.  The Bank's  fourth  largest  borrower had an
aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately  $499,000 at October 31,
2003,  representing a loan secured by his personal  residence.  The Bank's fifth
largest  borrower had an aggregate  loan balance  outstanding  of  approximately
$464,000 at October 31, 2003, representing four real estate loans secured by two
commercial  properties and three two- to  four-family  real estate in the Bank's
market areas and one loan secured by a second home. At October 31, 2003,  all of
these lending  relationships  were current and performing in accordance with the
terms of their loan agreements.

         Loan  Originations,  Purchases and  Solicitation  and  Processing.  The
Bank's  customary  sources  of  loan  applications   include  repeat  customers,
real-estate brokers who meet the Bank's underwriting standards,  referrals,  and
"walk-in" customers, and from advertising in local publications.

         The Bank  generally  does  not  purchase  whole  loans.  The Bank  does
occasionally  purchase  participations  in loans originated by others.  The Bank
purchased  participations totaling $1.8 million in 2003 and did not purchase any
participations in 2002. As of October 31, 2003, the Bank's largest participation
loan had a balance of approximately  $634,000,  representing a 50% participation
on a condominium construction project in downtown Philadelphia.

         Loan  Commitments.  The Bank gives written  commitments  to prospective
borrowers on all mortgage loans.  Generally,  the commitment requires acceptance
within sixty days of the date of the

                                       42



issuance.  The total  amount of  commitments  to extend  credit for mortgage and
consumer loans as of October 31, 2003, was approximately $3.3 million, including
commitments   on  lines  of  credit  and  including   undisbursed   portions  of
construction loans totaling $31,000.

         Loan Approvals.  The management committee has authority to approve real
estate loans to any one borrower up to an aggregate of $300,000. Loans in excess
of $300,000 and less than 10% of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital may be approved
by the Board loan  committee.  Loans in excess of 10% of the  Bank's  unimpaired
capital must be approved by the full Board of Directors.

Non-Performing Loans and Problem Assets

         Collection Procedures.  The borrower is notified by mail when a loan is
15 days delinquent. If the delinquency continues, subsequent efforts are made to
contact the delinquent  borrower and a second  collection notice is sent. When a
loan is ninety days  delinquent,  it is referred to an attorney for  collection.
All reasonable  attempts are made to collect from borrowers prior to referral to
an  attorney  for  collection.  In  certain  instances,  the  Bank  may  at  its
determination modify the loan to enable the borrower to reorganize his financial
affairs and the Bank attempts to work with the borrower to establish a repayment
schedule to cure the delinquency.

         As to mortgage loans, if a foreclosure  action is taken and the loan is
not  reinstated,  paid in full or  refinanced,  the property is sold at judicial
sale at which  the Bank may be the  buyer if there  are no  adequate  offers  to
satisfy the debt. Any property  acquired as the result of foreclosure or by deed
in lieu of  foreclosure  is  classified as real estate owned ("REO") until it is
sold or otherwise disposed of by the Bank. When REO is acquired,  it is recorded
at the lower of the unpaid  principal  balance of the  related  loan or its fair
market value less estimated selling costs. The initial writedown of the property
is charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Adjustments  to the carrying value
of the properties that result from  subsequent  declines in value are charged to
operations in the period in which the declines occur.

         Loans are reviewed on a regular  basis and are placed on a  non-accrual
status when they are more than ninety days delinquent.  Loans may be placed on a
non-accrual status at any time if, in the opinion of management,  the collection
of additional  interest is doubtful.  Interest  accrued and unpaid at the time a
loan is placed  on  non-accrual  status  is  charged  against  interest  income.
Subsequent  payments are either applied to the outstanding  principal balance or
recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on the  assessment  of the  ultimate
collectibility of the loan.

                                       43



         Non-Performing   Assets.  The  following  table  provides   information
regarding the Bank's non- performing loans and other non-performing assets as of
the end of each of the last two fiscal years.



                                                                               At
                                                                           October 31,
                                                                     ----------------------
                                                                       2003           2002
                                                                       ----           ----
                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                               
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family.........................................           $311           $499
  Multi-family...............................................             59              -
  Commercial real estate.....................................              -             18
Home equity loans............................................              -             26
                                                                        ----           ----
Total........................................................           $370           $543
                                                                        ====           ====

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more:
Loans on savings accounts....................................             12              1
Other........................................................              -              6
                                                                       -----          -----
Total........................................................          $  12          $   7
                                                                       =====          =====
Total non-performing loans...................................          $ 382          $ 550
                                                                       =====           ====
Real estate owned............................................          $  39          $  25
                                                                       =====          =====
Other non-performing assets..................................          $   -          $   -
                                                                       =====          =====
Total non-performing assets..................................          $ 421          $ 575
                                                                        ====          =====
Total non-performing loans to net loans......................          0.75%          1.06%
                                                                       ====           ====
Total non-performing loans to total assets...................          0.44%          0.65%
                                                                       ====           ====
Total non-performing assets to total assets..................          0.48%          0.67%
                                                                       ====           ====


         For the year ended October 31, 2003,  the amount of interest that would
have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual  basis if those loans
had been current according to the original loan agreements for the entire period
was $15,000.  This amount was not included in the Bank's interest income for the
period.  The amount of interest  income on loans  accounted for on a non-accrual
basis that was included in income during the year ended October 31, 2003 was $0.

         Classified  Assets.  Management,  in  compliance  with Office of Thrift
Supervision guidelines,  has instituted an internal loan review program, whereby
loans are classified as special mention,  substandard,  doubtful or loss. When a
loan is  classified  as  substandard  or  doubtful,  management  is  required to
establish a valuation reserve for loan losses in an amount considered prudent by
management.  When  management  classifies a portion of a loan as loss, a reserve
equal to 100% of the loss amount is required to be established or the loan is to
be charged-off.

         An asset is considered  substandard if it is inadequately  protected by
the paying capacity and net worth of the obligor or the collateral  pledged,  if
any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility
that the insured  institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not
corrected.  Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in
those classified substandard,  with the added characteristic that the weaknesses
present  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  highly  questionable  and
improbable,  on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions,  and values.
Assets  classified as loss are those considered  uncollectible  and of so little
value that their continuance as

                                       44



assets  without the  establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
Assets which do not  currently  expose the insured  institution  to a sufficient
degree of risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories
but possess  credit  deficiencies  or  potential  weaknesses  are required to be
designated special mention by management.

         Management's  classification  of assets is  reviewed  by the Board on a
monthly  basis  and by the  regulatory  agencies  as part of  their  examination
process.  The following table discloses the Bank's  classification of assets and
designation  of certain  loans as special  mention as of October  31,  2003.  At
October 31, 2003, all of the classified  assets and special  mention  designated
assets were loans.


                                                     At October 31,
                                                          2003
                                                     --------------
                                                     (In thousands)

Special Mention........................                     $551
Substandard............................                      305
Doubtful...............................                        -
Loss...................................                        -
                                                            ----
  Total................................                     $856
                                                            ====

         Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation
account that reflects the Bank's  evaluation of the losses known and inherent in
its loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate  associated
both with lending  activities and particular  problem assets. The Bank maintains
the allowance  through  provisions for loan losses that are charged to income in
the period they are  established.  The Bank charges  losses on loans against the
allowance for loan losses when it believes the  collection of loan  principal is
unlikely.  Recoveries  on loans  previously  charged-off  are added  back to the
allowance.

         The Bank's  evaluation  of the  appropriate  amount to provide for loan
losses  includes  separate  review of all loans on which the  collectibility  of
principal may not be reasonably assured. The Bank evaluates all classified loans
individually  and bases its  determination of a loss factor on the likelihood of
collectibility  of  principal  including  consideration  of  the  value  of  the
underlying  collateral  securing the loan.  Larger loans,  which would generally
include  multi-family   mortgages,   other  commercial  real  estate  loans  and
construction  loans, are also generally  evaluated for impairment  individually.
The  Bank  also  segregates  loans  by loan  category  as part of its  allowance
evaluation, and evaluates homogenous loans as a group.

         Although there may be other factors that also warrant  consideration in
maintaining  an  allowance  at a level  sufficient  to provide for  probable and
reasonably  estimable  losses,  the Bank  considers  the  following  factors  in
connection with its determination of appropriate loss factors and as part of its
overall evaluation of the allowance for loan losses:

          o    its historical loan loss experience;
          o    internal analysis of credit quality;
          o    general levels of non-performing loans and delinquencies;
          o    changes in loan concentrations by loan category;
          o    current estimated collateral values;
          o    evaluation  of  credit  quality   conducted  in  bank  regulatory
               examinations; and
          o    economic and market trends impacting the Bank's lending area.

                                       45



         This evaluation is inherently  subjective as it requires estimates that
are susceptible to significant  revisions as more information  becomes available
or as future events  change.  Future  additions to the allowance for loan losses
may  be  necessary  if  economic  and  other  conditions  in the  future  differ
substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, the Office of
Thrift Supervision as an integral part of its examination process,  periodically
reviews the Bank's loan and  foreclosed  real estate  portfolios and the related
allowance for loan losses and valuation  allowance for  foreclosed  real estate.
The Office of Thrift  Supervision may require the Bank to increase the allowance
for loan losses or the valuation  allowance for foreclosed  real estate based on
its review of information available at the time of the examination,  which would
negatively affect the Bank's earnings.

         It is the Bank's  policy to review its loan  portfolio,  in  accordance
with  regulatory  classification  procedures,  on at  least a  quarterly  basis.
Additionally,  the Bank maintains a program of reviewing loan applications prior
to making the loan and immediately after loans are made in an effort to maintain
loan quality.

         The following table sets forth  information  with respect to the Bank's
allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:


                                              For the Year Ended
                                                 October 31,
                                             ---------------------
                                               2003         2002
                                             --------     --------
                                            (Dollars in thousands)

Allowance balance (at beginning of period)   $    267     $    424
                                             --------     --------
Provision for loan losses ................         33           25
                                             --------     --------

Loans charged-off:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family .....................         45          179
  Multi-family ...........................          -            9
Other ....................................          4            9
                                             --------     --------
Total charge-offs ........................         49          197

Recoveries:
Mortgage loans ...........................          -            -
Other ....................................         12           15
                                             --------     --------
Total recoveries .........................         12           15
                                             --------     --------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries .............        (37)        (182)
                                             --------     --------
Allowance balance (at end of period) .....   $    263     $    267
                                             ========     ========

Total loans outstanding ..................   $ 51,072     $ 52,146
                                             ========     ========
Average loans outstanding ................   $ 49,785     $ 55,382
                                             ========     ========
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
   of total loans outstanding ............       0.51%        0.51%
                                             ========     ========
Net loans charged off as a percent of
   average loans outstanding .............       0.07%        0.33%
                                             ========     ========

                                       46



         Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth
the allocation of the Bank's  allowance for loan losses by loan category and the
percent of loans in each category to total loans  receivable,  net, at the dates
indicated.  The  portion  of the loan  loss  allowance  allocated  to each  loan
category  does not  represent  the total  available  for future losses which may
occur  within  the loan  category  since the  total  loan  loss  allowance  is a
valuation reserve applicable to the entire loan portfolio.



                                                      At October 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------------
                                           2003                            2002
                                     -----------------------    -----------------------
                                                Percent of                  Percent of
                                                 Loans to                    Loans to
                                      Amount    Total Loans      Amount    Total Loans
                                      ------    -----------      ------    -----------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                  
At end of period allocated to:
Mortgage loans:
  One-to-four family...............    $193        70.78%          $211         72.51%
  Multi-family.....................       4         0.91              3          2.47
  Commercial real estate...........      32         7.84             33          8.31
  Construction.....................      10         2.77              1          0.29
Home equity loans..................      17        16.46             10         14.95
Loans on savings accounts..........       -         0.93              -          0.82
Other..............................       7         0.30              9          0.66
                                       ----       ------           ----        ------
Total allowance....................    $263       100.00%          $267        100.00%
                                       ====       ======           ====        ======


Investment Activities

         General. Federally chartered savings banks have the authority to invest
in various  types of liquid  assets,  including  United  States  Government  and
government  agency  obligations,  securities  of various  federal  agencies  and
government-sponsored    entities   (including   securities   collateralized   by
mortgages),  certificates of deposits of insured banks and savings institutions,
municipal securities and corporate debt securities.

         SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities,"  requires  that  securities be  categorized  as "held to maturity,"
"trading securities" or "available for sale," based on management's intent as to
the ultimate  disposition of each security.  SFAS No. 115 allows debt securities
to be classified  as "held to maturity" and reported in financial  statements at
amortized cost only if the reporting  entity has the positive intent and ability
to hold these securities to maturity.  Securities that might be sold in response
to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security's  prepayment risk,
increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as "held
to maturity."

         The Bank does not currently use or maintain a trading account. Debt and
equity  securities  not  classified  as "held to  maturity"  are  classified  as
"available  for  sale."  These  securities  are  reported  at  fair  value,  and
unrealized  gains and losses on the  securities  are excluded  from earnings and
reported, net of deferred taxes, as a separate component of equity.

         All of the Bank's  securities carry market risk insofar as increases in
market rates of interest may cause a decrease in their market value. Investments
in  securities  are made  based on certain  considerations,  which  include  the
interest rate, tax  considerations,  yield,  settlement date and maturity of the
security, the Bank's liquidity position, and anticipated cash needs and sources.
The effect that the

                                       47



proposed  security  would have on the Bank's  credit and interest  rate risk and
risk-based capital is also considered.  The Bank purchases securities to provide
necessary liquidity for day-to-day operations,  and when investable funds exceed
loan demand.

         The investment policy of the Bank, which is established by the Board of
Directors,  is designed to foster earnings and liquidity within prudent interest
rate  risk  guidelines,  while  complementing  the  Bank's  lending  activities.
Generally, the Bank's investment policy is to invest funds in various categories
of  securities  and   maturities   based  upon  the  Bank's   liquidity   needs,
asset/liability  management  policies,  investment  quality,  marketability  and
performance  objectives.  Investment  authority  is  held by the  President  and
Executive  Vice  President/Chief  Financial  Officer,  individually  up to  $2.0
million  and  jointly up to $5.0  million.  All  investments  greater  than $5.0
million must be approved by the Board. The Board of Directors reviews the Bank's
securities portfolio on a monthly basis.

         The Bank's investment  policy does not permit  participation in hedging
programs,  interest  rate  swaps,  or  other  activities  involving  the  use of
off-balance  sheet  derivative  financial   instruments.   Further,  the  Bank's
investment  policy does not permit  investment in securities which are not rated
investment grade 'A' or higher.

         The various  obligations held in the Bank's  securities  portfolio have
varying  characteristics  as to rate,  maturity  and call  provisions.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities due to scheduled  repayments
and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with and
without prepayment  penalties.  Callable securities totaled  approximately $14.9
million at October 31, 2003, and the Bank's investment yield could be reduced if
these securities are called prior to maturity.

         Mortgage-backed  Securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  represent  a
participation  interest  in a  pool  of  one-  to  four-family  or  multi-family
mortgages,   although  the  Bank  focuses  its  investments  on  mortgage-backed
securities secured by one- to four-family mortgages.

         The mortgage  originators use  intermediaries  (generally United States
Government agencies and government-sponsored  enterprises) to pool and repackage
the  participation  interests in the form of securities,  with investors such as
the Bank receiving the principal and interest  payments on the  mortgages.  Such
United States Government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises guarantee
the payment of principal and interest to investors.

         Mortgage-backed  securities are typically  issued with stated principal
amounts,  and the  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages  that have loans
with  interest  rates  that  are  within  a  specific  range  and  have  varying
maturities.   The  life  of  a   mortgage-backed   pass-through   security  thus
approximates the life of the underlying  mortgages.  The  characteristics of the
underlying pool of mortgages,  i.e.,  fixed-rate or adjustable-rate,  as well as
prepayment  risk,  are  passed  on to the  certificate  holder.  Mortgage-backed
securities are generally referred to as mortgage  participation  certificates or
pass-through   certificates.   The  Bank's  mortgage-backed  securities  consist
primarily of securities issued by the Government National Mortgage  Association,
Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than
the  mortgage  loans  underlying  such  securities   because  of  their  payment
guarantees  or  credit  enhancements  which  offer  nominal  credit  risk to the
security holder.

                                       48



Securities Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  carrying  value of the  Bank's
investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at the dates indicated.  At
the dates indicated, the Bank had no securities classified as held-to-maturity.


                                                   At October 31,
                                                 -----------------
                                                   2003      2002
                                                 -------   -------
                                                   (In thousands)

Securities Available for Sale (at fair value):
- ----------------------------------------------
Mortgage-backed securities ...................   $10,933   $17,523
U.S. government agency securities ............    13,482     4,779
Municipal securities .........................     2,741     1,012
Mutual funds .................................       181       178
                                                 -------   -------
 Total securities available for sale .........   $27,337   $23,492
                                                 =======   =======

                                       49



         Carrying Values, Yields and Maturities.  The following table sets forth
certain information  regarding the carrying values,  weighted average yields and
maturities of the Bank's investment and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at
October 31, 2003.



                                                                  At October 31, 2003
                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        More than
                             One Year or Less  One to Five Years Five to Ten Years      Ten Years     Total Investment Securities
                            -----------------  ----------------- -----------------  ----------------  ---------------------------
                             Carrying Average  Carrying Average  Carrying Average   Carrying Average  Carrying Average    Market
                              Value    Yield    Value    Yield     Value   Yield      Value   Yield    Value    Yield     Value
                             -------  -------  -------  -------   ------- -------    ------- -------  -------  -------   ------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                      
Mortgage-backed securities..   $   -        -%  $   74     8.00%   $    -       -%   $10,859    4.99% $10,933     4.99%  $10,933

U.S. government agency
   securities...............       -        -      976     4.30     2,215    3.89     10,291    4.08   13,482     4.06    13,482

Municipal securities........       -        -      457     3.74     2,004    3.73        280    6.50    2,741     3.99     2,741

Mutual funds................     181     2.09        -        -         -       -          -       -      181     2.12       181
                               -----     ----   ------     ----    ------    ----    -------    ----  -------     ----   -------
  Total.....................   $ 181     2.09%  $1,507     4.31%   $4,219    3.81%   $21,430    4.57% $27,337     4.41%  $27,337
                               =====     ====   ======     ====    ======    ====    =======    ====  =======     ====   =======


                                       50



Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits are the major source of the Bank's funds for lending
and other investment purposes. In addition, the Bank derives funds from loan and
mortgage-backed securities principal repayments, and proceeds from the maturity,
call and sale of  mortgage-backed  securities and investment  securities.  While
scheduled loan and  mortgage-backed  securities payments are a relatively stable
source  of  funds,  deposit  inflows  and  loan and  mortgage-backed  securities
prepayments  are  significantly  influenced by general  interest rates and money
market conditions.  Borrowings (principally from the FHLB) are also periodically
used to supplement the amount of funds for lending and investment.

         Deposits.   Deposits  are   obtained   primarily   from   residents  of
Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania,  and to a lesser degree,  Gloucester County,
New Jersey. Historically,  the Bank has used traditional methods of advertising,
including  print  media,   direct  mail  and  inserts   included  with  customer
statements,  however, it relies primarily on its reputation in the community and
referrals to attract new customers and deposits.  The Bank has from time to time
utilized  the  services  of deposit  brokers  but does not  currently  do so. At
October31,  2003, brokered deposits totalled $1.1 million. The Bank occasionally
offers premiums or incentives for opening accounts.

         The Bank's  determination  of interest  rates is based upon a number of
factors,  including: (1) the Bank's need for funds based on loan demand, current
maturities  of  deposits  and other cash flow needs;  (2) a current  survey of a
selected  group of  competitors'  rates for  similar  products;  (3) the  Bank's
current  cost of funds and its yield on assets;  and (4) the  alternate  cost of
funds on a wholesale  basis, in particular the cost of borrowings from the FHLB.
Interest rates are reviewed and set by management weekly.

         The  Bank has a high  percentage  of  certificates  of  deposit  in its
deposit  portfolio  (71.6% at October,  31, 2003). The Bank's liquidity could be
reduced if a significant  amount of certificates  of deposit,  maturing within a
short  period  of  time,  were  not  renewed.  A  significant   portion  of  the
certificates  of deposit  remain  with the Bank  after they  mature and the Bank
believes  that this  will  continue.  However,  the need to  retain  these  time
deposits could result in an increase in the Bank's cost of funds.

         Deposit accounts are summarized at October 31, as follows:



                                                 2003                                  2002
                                 ------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
                                       Amount                %               Amount                  %
                                 ------------------- ---------------- ---------------------  ------------

                                                                                     
Non interest-bearing demand....     $2,889,656              4.0%           $2,478,535               3.5%
NOW accounts...................      3,232,298              4.5             2,362,208               3.4
Money market deposit...........      4,612,594              6.5             3,885,936               5.6
Savings........................      9,683,297             13.4             8,569,198              12.2
                                   -----------            -----           -----------             -----
                                    20,417,845             28.4            17,295,877              24.7
                                   -----------            -----           -----------             -----
Time certificates of deposit:
  0.90 - 2.00%.................     13,400,400             18.5               100,578               0.1
  2.01 - 4.00%.................     18,534,202             25.6            26,451,371              37.8
  4.01 - 6.00%.................     18,953,245             26.2            24,926,897              35.6
  6.01 - 8.00%.................        967,142              1.3             1,240,387               1.8
                                   -----------            -----           -----------             -----
                                    51,854,989             71.6            52,719,233              75.3
                                   -----------            -----           -----------             -----
     Total.....................    $72,272,834            100.0%          $70,015,110             100.0%
                                   ===========            =====           ===========             =====


                                       51


         The scheduled maturities of time  certificates of deposit as of October
31, 2003 are as follows:


Within one year.........................................      $21,716,551
Beyond one year but within two years....................        6,186,512
Beyond two years but within three years.................        6,476,535
Beyond three years but within four years................        6,562,823
Beyond four years but within five years.................       10,912,568
                                                              -----------
         Total..........................................      $51,854,989
                                                              ===========

         The  following  table  shows the amount of the Bank's  certificates  of
deposit of $100,000 or more by time  remaining  until maturity as of October 31,
2003.


                                                        Certificates of Deposits
Maturity Period                                              (In thousands)
- ---------------

Within three months...................................             $1,579
Three through six months..............................                778
Six through twelve months.............................              1,396
Over twelve months....................................              5,331
                                                                   ------
     Total............................................             $9,084
                                                                   ======

         Borrowings.  Deposits  are the  primary  source of funds of the  Bank's
lending and investment  activities and for its general  business  purposes.  The
Bank, as the need arises or in order to take advantage of funding opportunities,
borrows funds in the form of borrowings  from the FHLB to supplement  its supply
of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal  requirements.  Borrowings from
the FHLB are typically  secured by the Bank's stock in the FHLB and a portion of
the Bank's residential mortgage loans and may be secured by other assets, mainly
securities which are obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

         Maturities  of other  borrowings  at  December  31, are  summarized  as
follows:

                          2003                                   2002
              ------------------------------    --------------------------------
Year Ending                       Weighted-                          Weighted-
October 31,     Amount          Average Rate          Amount       Average Rate
- -----------     ------          ------------          ------       ------------

    2003     $        -               -          $   57,138           2.04%
    2004      4,060,946            1.38%          4,060,946           6.47%
    2005         65,009            6.47%             65,009           6.47%
    2006         11,249            6.47%             11,249           6.47%
    2008      1,500,000            6.24%          1,500,000           6.24%
    2010      1,000,000            5.91%          1,000,000           5.91%
              ---------                           ---------
             $6,637,204            3.22%         $6,694,342           3.65%
              =========                           =========

         See  Note  7  of  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  for  more
information regarding the Bank's borrowings.

                                       52




Subsidiary Activity

         The Bank is permitted to invest its assets in the capital  stock of, or
originate secured or unsecured loans to, subsidiary  corporations.  The Bank has
one inactive service corporation.

Personnel

         As of October 31, 2003, the Bank had twenty-one full-time employees and
two  part-time  employees.  The employees  are not  represented  by a collective
bargaining  unit.  The Bank believes its  relationship  with its employees to be
satisfactory.

Properties and Equipment

         The Bank's  main  office is located at 1901-03  East  Passyunk  Avenue,
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank uses an outside  service  company for its
data processing.

         The  following  table sets forth the location of the Bank's main office
and branch  office,  the year the offices  were opened and the net book value of
each office and its related equipment.


                                 Year Facility    Leased or   Net Book Value at
Office Location                     Opened          Owned     October 31, 2003
- ---------------                     ------          -----     ----------------

Main Office
1901-03 E. Passyunk Avenue           1991           Owned       $1,057,500
Philadelphia, PA  19148

Washington Township Branch
438 Ganttown Road
Suite 1-A
Sewell, NJ  08080                    1996           Owned       $   91,500


Legal Proceedings

         The Bank,  from time to time, is a party to routine  litigation,  which
arises in the normal  course of  business,  such as claims to enforce  liens and
other  issues  incident  to the  business  of the Bank.  There were no  lawsuits
pending or known to be  contemplated  against  the Bank at October 31, 2003 that
would have a material effect on our operations or income.

                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description  of certain laws that relate to
the  regulation  of the Bank and SE Financial  Corp.  The  description  does not
purport  to be  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to
applicable laws and  regulations.  The Bank and SE Financial Corp.  operate in a
highly  regulated  industry.  This  regulation  and  supervision  establishes  a
comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings institution may
engage and is intended  primarily for the  protection  of the deposit  insurance
fund and depositors.

         Any change in applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, whether
by the Office of Thrift Supervision,  the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
or the United State Congress, could have a

                                       53




material  adverse impact on SE Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's  Federal Savings
Bank, and their operations. The adoption of regulations or the enactment of laws
that restrict the  operations  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank and/or SE
Financial Corp. or impose burdensome requirements upon one or both of them could
reduce their  profitability  and could impair the value of the Bank's franchise,
resulting in negative effects on the trading price of SE Financial Corp.  common
stock.

Regulation of SE Financial Corp.

         General.  Upon  completion of the  conversion,  SE Financial Corp. will
become a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of Section 10(o) of
the Home Owners' Loan Act. It will be required to register as a savings and loan
holding company and file reports with the Office of Thrift  Supervision and will
be subject to regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. In
addition,  the Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over
SE Financial  Corp.  and any  non-savings  institution  subsidiaries.  This will
permit the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit  activities that
it  determines  to be a serious risk to the Bank.  This  regulation  is intended
primarily for the  protection of the  depositors and not for the benefit of you,
as stockholders of SE Financial Corp.

         Activities  Restrictions.  As a savings and loan  holding  company,  SE
Financial Corp. will be subject to statutory and regulatory  restrictions on its
business  activities.  The  nonbanking  activities  of SE  Financial  Corp.  are
restricted  to  certain  activities  specified  by Office of Thrift  Supervision
regulation,  which include performing  services and holding properties used by a
savings  institution  subsidiary,  activities  authorized  for  savings and loan
holding companies as of March 5, 1987, and nonbanking activities permissible for
bank  holding  companies  pursuant  to the Bank  Holding  Company Act of 1956 or
authorized for financial  holding companies  pursuant to the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act. Before engaging in any non-banking  activity or acquiring a company engaged
in any such  activities,  SE Financial Corp. must file with the Office of Thrift
Supervision  either a prior  notice  of (in the case of  non-banking  activities
permissible  for bank holding  companies) an  application  regarding its planned
activity or acquisition.

         Mergers and Acquisitions.  SE Financial Corp. must obtain approval from
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  before  acquiring  more than 5% of the voting
stock of another  savings  institution  or savings and loan  holding  company or
acquiring  such an institution or holding  company by merger,  consolidation  or
purchase of its assets.  In evaluating an application  for SE Financial Corp. to
acquire control of a savings institution, the Office of Thrift Supervision would
consider the  financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of SE
Financial Corp. and the target institution, the effect of the acquisition on the
risk to the  insurance  funds,  the  convenience  and the needs of the community
(including St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's record of performance  under the
Community Reinvestment Act) and competitive factors.

         Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On July 30, 2002, the President signed into
law the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Act"),  which implemented  legislative
reforms intended to address  corporate and accounting  fraud. In addition to the
establishment  of a new accounting  oversight board that will enforce  auditing,
quality control and  independence  standards and will be funded by fees from all
publicly traded companies,  the Act places certain  restrictions on the scope of
services that may be provided by accounting  firms to their public company audit
clients.  Any non-audit services being provided to a public company audit client
will require preapproval by the company's audit committee.  In addition, the Act
makes certain changes to the requirements for partner rotation after a period of
time. The Act requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers, or
their equivalent,  to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to civil and

                                       54





criminal  penalties if they  knowingly or willingly  violate this  certification
requirement.  In  addition,  under the Act,  counsel  will be required to report
evidence of a material violation of the securities laws or a breach of fiduciary
duty by a company to its chief  executive  officer or its chief  legal  officer,
and, if such officer does not appropriately  respond, to report such evidence to
the audit committee or other similar  committee of the board of directors or the
board itself.

         Under the Act,  longer prison terms will apply to corporate  executives
who violate  federal  securities  laws; the period during which certain types of
suits can be brought against a company or its officers is extended;  and bonuses
issued  to  top  executives  prior  to  restatement  of  a  company's  financial
statements  are now  subject  to  disgorgement  if such  restatement  was due to
corporate misconduct. Executives are also prohibited from insider trading during
retirement plan "blackout" periods,  and loans to company executives (other than
loans by financial  institutions permitted by federal rules and regulations) are
restricted.  In addition, a provision directs that civil penalties levied by the
Securities and Exchange Commission as a result of any judicial or administrative
action under the Act be deposited to a fund for the benefit of harmed investors.
The Federal  Accounts  for  Investor  Restitution  provision  also  requires the
Securities and Exchange  Commission to develop  methods of improving  collection
rates.  The  legislation  accelerates  the time frame for  disclosures by public
companies,  as they must  immediately  disclose  any  material  changes in their
financial  condition or operations.  Directors and executive  officers must also
provide  information  for most changes in  ownership  in a company's  securities
within two business days of the change.

         The  Act  also  increases  the  oversight  of,  and  codifies   certain
requirements  relating  to audit  committees  of public  companies  and how they
interact with the company's "registered public accounting firm." Audit Committee
members must be independent and are absolutely barred from accepting consulting,
advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer. In addition, companies must
disclose  whether at least one member of the  committee is a "financial  expert"
(as such term will be defined by the Securities and Exchange  Commission) and if
not, why not. Under the Act, a company's  registered public accounting firm will
be prohibited from performing  statutorily mandated audit services for a company
if such company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer, comptroller,
chief accounting officer or any person serving in equivalent  positions had been
employed by such firm and  participated  in the audit of such company during the
one-year period  preceding the audit initiation date. The Act also prohibits any
officer  or  director  of a  company  or any other  person  acting  under  their
direction from taking any action to fraudulently influence,  coerce,  manipulate
or mislead  any  independent  accountant  engaged in the audit of the  company's
financial  statements  for the purpose of  rendering  the  financial  statements
materially  misleading.  The Act  also  requires  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission to prescribe rules requiring inclusion of any internal control report
and  assessment  by management  in the annual  report to  shareholders.  The Act
requires the company's  registered  public accounting firm that issues the audit
report to  attest to and  report on  management's  assessment  of the  company's
internal controls.

Regulation of St. Edmond's Federal Savings

         General.   As  a  federally   chartered,   Federal  Deposit   Insurance
Corporation-insured  savings bank, St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is subject
to  extensive  regulation  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  and the Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation.  This regulatory  structure gives the regulatory
authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with their  supervisory  and
enforcement  activities and examination  policies,  including policies regarding
the classification of assets and the level of the allowance for loan losses. The
activities  of  federal  savings  banks are  subject  to  extensive  regulation,
including  restrictions or  requirements  with respect to loans to one borrower,
percentages of certain types of loans and  investments to total assets,  capital
distributions, permissible investments and lending activities, liquidity,

                                       55





transactions with affiliates and community  reinvestment.  Federal savings banks
are also subject to reserve  requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System.
St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  relationship  with its  depositors  and
borrowers is also  regulated by federal law,  especially  in such matters as the
ownership of savings  accounts  and the form and content of the Bank's  mortgage
documents.

         St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank must file reports with the Office of
Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  concerning its
activities and financial  condition,  and must obtain regulatory approvals prior
to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or  acquisitions of
other financial institutions.  Any change in applicable statutory and regulatory
requirements,  whether by the Office of Thrift Supervision,  the Federal Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  or the  United  States  Congress,  could have a material
adverse impact on SE Financial Corp. and St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank, and
their operations.

         Supervisory  Agreements.  The  Office of Thrift  Supervision  regularly
examines St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank and prepares  reports to the Bank's
Board of Directors on deficiencies, if any, found in its operations. Based on an
examination  of the  Bank  commenced  in  August  2001,  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  concluded  that the Bank had engaged in acts and practices that (i)
had resulted in violations of laws and  regulations to which the Bank is subject
and/or (ii) were considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision to be unsafe and
unsound.  As a result of this determination by the Office of Thrift Supervision,
the Bank  entered  into a  supervisory  agreement  with  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  in  February  2002 and  operated  under such  agreement  until such
agreement  was  terminated  on December  10,  2003.  The Bank's asset growth was
restricted  while it was operating under such agreement.  In addition,  the Bank
was subject to a Safety and Soundness  Compliance  Plan from May 2001 to October
31, 2003.

         Insurance  of  Deposit   Accounts.   The  Federal   Deposit   Insurance
Corporation  administers two separate deposit  insurance funds.  Generally,  the
Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") insures the deposits of commercial banks and the
SAIF ("SAIF") insures the deposits of savings institutions.  The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation is authorized to increase deposit insurance premiums if it
determines such increases are appropriate to maintain the reserves of either the
SAIF or BIF or to fund  the  administration  of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation.   In  addition,   the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  is
authorized to levy emergency special assessments on BIF and SAIF members.

         In  addition,   all  Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation-insured
institutions  are required to pay assessments to the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  to  fund  interest  payments  on  bonds  issued  by  the  Financing
Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the
predecessor to the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund. These  assessments will
continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.

         Regulatory Capital  Requirements.  Office of Thrift Supervision capital
regulations  require savings  institutions to meet three capital standards:  (1)
tangible capital equal to 1.5% of total adjusted assets,  (2) "Tier 1" or "core"
capital  equal to at least 4% (3% if the  institution  has  received the highest
possible rating on its most recent  examination) of total adjusted  assets,  and
(3)  risk-based  capital  equal to 8% of  total  risk-weighted  assets.  For St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank's  compliance  with  these  regulatory  capital
standards, see Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance on page ___.

         In  addition,  the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  may  require  that a
savings  institution  that has a risk-  based  capital  ratio of less than 8%, a
ratio of Tier 1 capital  to  risk-weighted  assets of less than 4% or a ratio of
Tier 1 capital to total adjusted  assets of less than 4% (3% if the  institution
has received the highest

                                       56



rating on its most recent  examination)  take  certain  action to  increase  its
capital ratios. If the savings  institution's capital is significantly below the
minimum  required  levels of capital or if it is  unsuccessful in increasing its
capital ratios, the Office of Thrift Supervision may restrict its activities.

         Tier  1 is  defined  as  common  stockholders'  equity,  non-cumulative
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus,  minority interests in the equity
accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and certain non- withdrawable accounts and
pledged deposits of mutual savings banks. St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank does
not have any active subsidiaries, non-withdrawable accounts or pledged deposits.
Tier 1 capital is reduced by an institution's  intangible  assets,  with limited
exceptions  for certain  servicing  rights,  interest-only  strips and purchased
credit card relationships.  Tier 1 capital is further reduced by an amount equal
to the savings  institution's  debt and equity  investments in  "non-includable"
subsidiaries  engaged in activities not permissible  for national  banks,  other
than subsidiaries engaged in activities  undertaken as agent for customers or in
mortgage banking activities and subsidiaries that are depository institutions or
their holding companies.

         Total capital equals the sum of Tier 1 and supplementary  capital.  The
components  of  supplementary  capital  include,  among other items,  cumulative
perpetual preferred stock,  perpetual  subordinated debt, mandatory  convertible
subordinated  debt,  intermediate-term  preferred  stock, the allowance for loan
losses not  designated  for specific  loan losses (up to 1.25% of  risk-weighted
assets)  and  up to 45% of  unrealized  gains  on  equity  securities.  Overall,
supplementary  capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1  capital.  For  purposes  of
determining  total capital,  a savings  institution's  assets are reduced by the
amount of capital instruments held by other depository  institutions pursuant to
reciprocal   arrangements  and  by  the  amount  of  the  institution's   equity
investments (other than those deducted from Tier 1 and tangible capital) and its
high loan-to-value  ratio land loans and  non-residential  construction loans. A
savings  institution's   risk-based  capital  requirement  is  measured  against
risk-weighted assets, which equal the sum of each on-balance-sheet asset and the
credit-equivalent  amount of each  off-balance-sheet item after being multiplied
by an assigned  risk weight.  These risk weights  range from 0% for cash to 100%
for delinquent loans,  property acquired through foreclosure,  commercial loans,
and certain other assets.

         Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  Under  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  Prompt  Corrective  Action   regulations,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision is required to take  supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized
institutions,  the  severity of which  depends upon the  institution's  level of
capital.  Generally,  a savings institution that has total risk-based capital of
less than 8.0%, or a leverage  ratio or a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4.0%
is  considered  to be  undercapitalized.  A savings  institution  that has total
risk-based  capital less than 6.0%, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital  ratio of less
than  3.0% or a  leverage  ratio  that is less  than  3.0% is  considered  to be
"significantly  undercapitalized."  A savings  institution  that has a  tangible
capital to assets  ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be  "critically
undercapitalized."  Generally,  the banking  regulator  is required to appoint a
receiver   or   conservator    for   an   institution    that   is   "critically
undercapitalized."  The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan
must be filed with the Office of Thrift  Supervision  within  forty-five days of
the  date  an  institution  receives  notice  that  it  is   "undercapitalized,"
"significantly  undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized." In addition,
numerous  mandatory  supervisory  actions become  immediately  applicable to the
institution,  including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth,  investment
activities,  capital distributions,  and affiliate  transactions.  The Office of
Thrift  Supervision  may  also  take  any  one  of  a  number  of  discretionary
supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized   institutions,   including  the
issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers
and directors.


                                       57





         Dividend  and Other  Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  The Office of
Thrift Supervision  imposes various  restrictions or requirements on the ability
of savings institutions to make capital distributions, including cash dividends.

         A  savings  institution  that is a  subsidiary  of a  savings  and loan
holding  company,  as St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be following the
conversion,  must  file an  application  or a notice  with the  Office of Thrift
Supervision at least thirty days before making a capital distribution. A savings
institution   must  file  an  application   for  prior  approval  of  a  capital
distribution  if:  (i) it is not  eligible  for  expedited  treatment  under the
applications  processing  rules of the  Office of Thrift  Supervision;  (ii) the
total  amount of all  capital  distributions,  including  the  proposed  capital
distribution,  for the applicable  calendar year would exceed an amount equal to
the  savings   institution's   net  income  for  that  year  to  date  plus  the
institution's  retained net income for the preceding  two years;  (iii) it would
not  adequately  be  capitalized  after the  capital  distribution;  or (iv) the
distribution would violate an agreement with the Office of Thrift Supervision or
applicable regulations.

         The Office of Thrift  Supervision  may  disapprove  a notice or deny an
application for a capital  distribution if: (i) the savings institution would be
undercapitalized  following the capital distribution;  (ii) the proposed capital
distribution  raises  safety  and  soundness  concerns;  or  (iii)  the  capital
distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or
agreement.   In  addition,  a  federal  savings  institution  cannot  distribute
regulatory capital that is required for its liquidation account.

         St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be required to file a capital
distribution  notice or application with the Office of Thrift Supervision before
paying any dividend to SE Financial Corp. However,  capital  distributions by SE
Financial Corp., as a savings and loan holding  company,  will not be subject to
the Office of Thrift Supervision capital distribution rules.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Federal savings  institutions must meet a
qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL")  test or they become  subject to the business
activity  restrictions  and branching  rules  applicable to national  banks.  To
qualify as a QTL, a savings  institution  must  either (i) be deemed a "domestic
building and loan association" under the Internal Revenue Code by maintaining at
least 60% of its total  assets in  specified  types of assets,  including  cash,
certain  government  securities,  loans  secured by and other assets  related to
residential real property,  educational loans and investments in premises of the
institution or (ii) satisfy the statutory QTL test set forth in the Home Owners'
Loan Act by  maintaining  at least  65% of its  "portfolio  assets"  in  certain
"Qualified Thrift  Investments"  (defined to include  residential  mortgages and
related equity investments,  certain mortgage-related securities, small business
loans,  student  loans and  credit  card  loans,  and 50% of  certain  community
development loans). For purposes of the statutory QTL test, portfolio assets are
defined  as  total  assets  minus  intangible  assets,   property  used  by  the
institution  in conducting  its business and liquid assets equal to 20% of total
assets.  A savings  institution  must  maintain its status as a QTL on a monthly
basis in at least nine out of every twelve months.  St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank  met the QTL test as of  October  31,  2003 and in each of the last  twelve
months and, therefore, qualifies as a QTL.

         Transactions with Affiliates.  Generally,  federal banking law requires
that  transactions  between a savings  institution or its  subsidiaries  and its
affiliates  must  be on  terms  as  favorable  to  the  savings  institution  as
comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these
transactions   are  restricted  to  an  aggregate   percentage  of  the  savings
institution's capital.  Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by  affiliates  in order to  receive  loans  from the  savings  institution.  In
addition,  a savings  institution may not extend credit to any affiliate engaged
in  activities  not  permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the
securities of any affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The Office

                                       58





of Thrift  Supervision  has the  discretion  to treat  subsidiaries  of  savings
institutions as affiliates on a case-by-case basis.

         Community  Reinvestment  Act.  Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act
("CRA"),  every insured depository  institution,  including St. Edmond's Federal
Savings Bank, has a continuing and  affirmative  obligation  consistent with its
safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community.  The CRA requires
the Office of Thrift Supervision to assess each savings  institution's record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution,  such as a merger
or the  establishment  of a branch by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank.  An
unsatisfactory CRA examination rating may be used as the basis for the denial of
an application by the Office of Thrift Supervision. St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank received a "satisfactory"  overall rating in its most recent CRA assessment
by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         Federal Home Loan Bank System.  St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is a
member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh,  which is one of twelve regional  FHLBs.  Each
FHLB  serves as a reserve or central  bank for its members  within its  assigned
region.  It is funded  primarily from funds deposited by financial  institutions
and  proceeds  derived  from the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB
System.   It  makes  loans  to  members  pursuant  to  policies  and  procedures
established by the board of directors of the FHLB.

         As a member,  St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank is required to purchase
and maintain  stock in the FHLB of  Pittsburgh in an amount equal to the greater
of  1% of  its  aggregate  unpaid  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase
contracts  or similar  obligations  at the  beginning of each year or 5% of FHLB
borrowings.  The Bank is in compliance with this  requirement.  The FHLB imposes
various  limitations on borrowings  such as limiting the amount of certain types
of real estate  related  collateral  to 30% of a member's  capital and  limiting
total borrowings to a member.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  institutions  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct  loans  or  interest  subsidies  on  borrowings  targeted  for  community
investment and low- and  moderate-income  housing projects.  These contributions
have  adversely  affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to
do so in the future.

         The USA Patriot Act. In response to the events of  September  11, 2001,
the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to
Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA Patriot Act, was signed
into law on October 26, 2001.  The USA Patriot Act gives the federal  government
new powers to address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic  security
measures,  expanded  surveillance  powers,  increased  information  sharing  and
broadened anti-money laundering  requirements.  By way of amendments to the Bank
Secrecy  Act,  Title III of the USA  Patriot  Act  takes  measures  intended  to
encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement
bodies. Further,  certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations
on a broad range of financial institutions,  including banks, thrifts,  brokers,
dealers,  credit unions,  money transfer agents and parties registered under the
Commodity Exchange Act.

         Among other requirements,  Title III of the USA Patriot Act imposes the
following requirements with respect to financial institutions:


                                       59





o        Pursuant to Section  352, all  financial  institutions  must  establish
         anti-money  laundering programs that include, at minimum:  (i) internal
         policies,  procedures,  and controls;  (ii) specific  designation of an
         anti-money  laundering  compliance  officer;   (iii)  ongoing  employee
         training  programs;  and (iv) an independent audit function to test the
         anti-money laundering program.

o        Section 326 authorizes the Secretary of the Department of Treasury,  in
         conjunction with other bank regulators, to issue regulations by October
         26, 2002 that  provide for minimum  standards  with respect to customer
         identification at the time new accounts are opened.

o        Section 312 requires financial  institutions that establish,  maintain,
         administer,  or  manage  private  banking  accounts  or  correspondence
         accounts in the United States for  non-United  States  persons or their
         representatives  (including  foreign  individuals  visiting  the United
         States) to  establish  appropriate,  specific,  and,  where  necessary,
         enhanced due diligence policies,  procedures,  and controls designed to
         detect and report money laundering.

o        Effective December 25, 2001, financial institutions are prohibited from
         establishing,  maintaining,  administering  or  managing  correspondent
         accounts  for  foreign  shell banks  (foreign  banks that do not have a
         physical  presence  in any  country),  and will be  subject  to certain
         record keeping  obligations with respect to  correspondent  accounts of
         foreign banks.

o        Bank   regulators   are  directed  to  consider  a  holding   company's
         effectiveness  in  combating  money  laundering  when ruling on Federal
         Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

         The  federal  banking  agencies  have  begun to propose  and  implement
regulations  pursuant  to the  USA  Patriot  Act.  These  proposed  and  interim
regulations  would  require  financial  institutions  to adopt the  policies and
procedures contemplated by the USA Patriot Act.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         Savings  institutions are subject to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), in the same general manner as other corporations.

         All thrift institutions are now subject to the same provisions as banks
with respect to deductions for bad debts.  Thrift  institutions that are treated
as "small banks" (the average  adjusted bases for all assets of such institution
equals  $500  million or less) under the Code may account for bad debts by using
the  experience  method for  determining  additions  to their bad debt  reserve.
Thrift  institutions  that  are not  treated  as  small  banks  must now use the
specific charge-off method.

         SE  Financial  Corp.  may  exclude  from its income  100% of  dividends
received  from  St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank as a  member  of the  same
affiliated group of corporations.  A 70% dividends received deduction  generally
applies  with  respect to  dividends  received  from  corporations  that are not
members of such affiliated group.

         St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank's federal income tax returns for 1998
and 1999 tax years were audited by the IRS in 2002.



                                       60





State Taxation

         Pennsylvania imposes an income tax of approximately 11.5% of net income
as computed under generally accepted accounting principles.

         St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's state income tax returns have not
been audited during the past five years. For additional information, see Note __
of the notes to the financial statements.

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Officers of the Bank

         The Bank's  Board of  Directors  is composed of 11 members each of whom
serves for a term of three years, with approximately  one-third of the directors
elected each year. SE Financial  Corp.'s  articles of  incorporation  and bylaws
require that  directors be divided into four classes,  as nearly equal in number
as possible,  with approximately  one-fourth of the directors elected each year.
All of SE Financial Corp.'s directors are also directors of the Bank. The Bank's
and SE Financial  Corp.'s officers are elected annually by the respective Boards
and serve at the Boards' discretion.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  the
directors  and officers of the Bank,  all of whom will  continue to serve in the
same capacities at the Bank after the conversion.




                               Age at                                                                  Current
                             October 31,                                              Director          Term
                                2003                       Position                     Since        Expires (1)
                             ----------      -------------------------------------  -------------    -----------
                                                                                         
Directors:
Marcy C. Panzer(2)               53          Chairman of the Board                      1983            2007
Gilbert Barsky                   80          Director                                   1962            2007
Samuel Barsky(2)                 49          Director and Secretary                     1989            2005
P. Charles DeRita                92          Director                                   1991            2006
Andrew A. Hines                  76          Director                                   1985            2005
Ben Kovnat                       86          Director                                   1983            2006
Megan L. Mahoney                 43          Director                                   2003            2007
J. William Parker, Jr.           44          Director                                   2002            2006
Dr. Nicholas M. Renzi            67          Director                                   1980            2007
William F. Saldutti, III         44          Director                                   2001            2005
Susanne Spinell Shuster          53          Director                                   2001            2006

Directors Emeritus:
Mitchell Panzer                  86          Director Emeritus                           N/A            N/A

Executive Officers:
Frank S. DePaolo(2)              54          President                                   N/A            N/A
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.(2)        48          Executive Vice President, Chief             N/A            N/A
                                             Financial Officer and Controller


- ---------------------
(1)      The terms for directors of SE Financial Corp. will be the same as those
         of the Bank,  except for Directors  Marcy C. Panzer and Gilbert  Barsky
         whose terms will expire in 2008.
(2)      Such individual will also serve as an officer of SE Financial Corp.

                                       61





         The  business  experience  of  each  director,  director  emeritus  and
executive  officer  of the  Bank is set  forth  below.  Each has held his or her
present  position  for at  least  the  past  five  years,  except  as  otherwise
indicated.

Directors

         Marcy C. Panzer has been a director  since 1983 and became  Chairman of
the Board in May 2002.  Ms.  Panzer is an  attorney  admitted to practice in the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  She was  previously  employed  as  Senior  Vice
President and Counsel by American Business Financial Services until 2000. She is
the daughter of Director Emeritus Mitchell Panzer.

         Gilbert  Barsky has been a director  since 1962.  Mr. Barsky is retired
and was previously  employed by St. Edmond's  Savings Bank. Mr. Barsky serves as
the Inspector of Elections for Montgomery County, Pennsylvania and the Treasurer
of Green Hill Condominium Social Club. He also delivers Meals on Wheels. Gilbert
Barsky is the father of Director Samuel Barsky.

         Samuel Barsky has been a director  since 1989 and Secretary of the Bank
since May 2002.  Mr. Barsky is a certified  public  accountant  with the firm of
Gitomer & Berenhulz  P.C. Mr. Barsky is a participant in the National Town Watch
and the National Night Out. He is the son of Director Gilbert Barsky.

         P. Charles  DeRita has been a director  since 1991.  Mr. DeRita is sole
owner of Hallmark  Abstract  Co.,  Inc., a title  insurance  company  located in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

         Andrew A. Hines has been a director  since 1985.  Mr.  Hines is retired
from ARCO.

         Ben Kovnat has been a director  since 1983.  Mr. Kovnat is retired from
the Iron Works Company.

         Megan L.  Mahoney  has been a director  since  2003.  Ms.  Mahoney is a
regional sales manager with Platinum Direct Funding and was previously  employed
by American Business Financial Services, Inc. as a senior vice president.

         J. William  Parker,  Jr. has been a director  since 2002. Mr. Parker is
the  sole  owner of  Signator  Financial  Network,  which  provides  retirement,
investment and insurance planning services.

         Dr.  Nicholas M. Renzi has been a director  since 1980.  Dr. Renzi is a
retired physician.

         William F. Saldutti,  III has been a director since 2001. Mr.  Saldutti
is an attorney and a partner at the law firm of Dembo & Saldutti.  Mr.  Saldutti
is involved in fund-raising  for St. John's School for Handicapped in Westville,
New Jersey.

         Susanne  Spinell Shuster has been a director since 2001. Ms. Shuster is
a certified public accountant and audit partner with Asher and Company.

Directors Emeritus

         Mitchell  Panzer served as a director of the Bank from 1946 to 1991. He
became a director emeritus in 1991. Mr. Panzer was counsel to the Bank from 1946
to 1988 and was a partner with the law

                                       62





firm of Wolf, Block,  Schorr and Solis-Cohen.  He retired in 1988. Mr. Panzer is
the father of Chairman of the Board, Marcy C. Panzer.

Executive Officers

         Frank S. DePaolo has been President of the St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank since October 2000.  Prior to that,  Mr.  DePaolo was employed as executive
vice president and chief executive officer of Merchants National Bank of Bangor.
Mr. DePaolo is a member of the Greater  Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce and the
Home Builders Association of Bucks and Montgomery Counties and a board member of
the Pennsylvania  Association of Community  Bankers.  Mr. DePaolo has previously
served as Elected Auditor of Plainfield Township,  Director of the United Way of
Lehigh and Northampton Counties,  Director of the Lung Association of the Lehigh
Valley,  and a member of the Executive  Committee of the  Pennsylvania  Banker's
Association.

         Joseph Sidebotham, Sr. has been at St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank as
Executive Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer and Controller since February
2001.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Sidebotham  was employed at South Jersey Savings and
Loan  Association  as  Senior  Vice  President,   Chief  Financial  Officer  and
Controller.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors of the Bank

         The Board of Directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
Board and through  activities of its  committees.  During the year ended October
31, 2003, the Board of Directors met 13 times.  No director  attended fewer than
75% of the total  meetings of the Board of Directors and  committees on which he
served during the year ended October 31, 2003. The Board has an Audit Committee,
a Loan  Committee,  a Compliance  Committee,  a Human  Resources  Committee,  an
REO/Classified  Assets  Committee,  an  Asset/Liability  Committee,  a  Business
Development  Committee  and an  Advisory  Committee.  The Board  does not have a
standing nominations committee.

         The Audit  Committee  consists of  Directors  Susanne  Shuster,  Samuel
Barsky,  Marcy C.  Panzer and J.  William  Parker,  Jr. and  President  Frank S.
DePaolo and Executive Vice President  Joseph  Sidebotham.  This committee  meets
quarterly with the internal auditor and independent accountants and periodically
as needed with the Bank's compliance auditors.

         The Human Resource  Committee consists of Directors Andrew A. Hines, P.
Charles DeRita,  Ben Kovnat and Megan L. Mahoney and President Frank S. DePaolo,
Executive Vice President Joe Sidebotham and Vice President Rick Lemcoe.  Messrs.
DePaolo,  Sidebotham  and  Lemcoe  do not  participate  in  committee  decisions
regarding their own compensation. This committee meets at least quarterly.

Director Compensation

         Board Fees.  Each director is paid an annual retainer of $5,000 paid in
twelve  monthly  installments.  Directors  receive  $50  per  committee  meeting
attended and committee  chairpersons  receive an additional  $500 per year.  The
total  fees paid to the  directors  for the year  ended  October  31,  2003 were
approximately  $69,200.  Director  emeriti  are paid an  annual  fee of  $2,500.
Committee  members  who  are  also  full-time  Bank  employees  do  not  receive
compensation as committee members.


                                       63




         Incentive   Retirement   Plan.  The  Bank  implemented  this  incentive
compensation  plan,  effective January 1, 2004, to reward key management and the
Board  of  Directors  for  achieving  strategic  goals  of the  Bank,  including
long-term  growth of net  income.  Under  such plan,  units are  awarded to plan
participants  and the future value of such units will be based upon  accumulated
future  earnings of the Bank.  The  aggregate  value of such units  awarded will
equal up to 10% of the  accumulated  future earnings of the Bank. Such units are
awarded to the executive  officers and  directors of the Bank.  Sixty percent of
such units have been awarded to the  directors of the Bank and 40% of such units
have been awarded to the executive officers, including approximately 24% of such
aggregate  units to Frank S.  DePaolo,  President  of the Bank.  Such  units are
earned and non-forfeitable after participants have completed not less than three
years of service  (including prior service) with the Bank.  Distributions  based
upon the value of such  units will be made  following  termination  of  service,
death  or a change  in  control  of the  Bank.  Payments  are  forfeited  if the
participant violates a non-compete agreement with the Bank, if any.

Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation awarded to or earned by the Bank's president for the year
ended  October 31, 2003.  No other  officer  received a total annual  salary and
bonus in excess of $100,000 during the reporting period.


                                                Annual Compensation
                                           ---------------------------------
                                   Fiscal                       Other Annual
Name and Principal Position        Year      Salary     Bonus   Compensation
- ---------------------------        ----      ------     -----   ------------
Frank S. DePaolo, President        2003     $116,568    $8,490   $5,828(1)
                                   2002      113,047     4,950    5,668
                                   2001      110,000       117        -

- ------------------------------------
(1) Consists of Bank's contribution under 401(k) Plan.

         Executive  Life  Insurance  Program.  The Bank has  implemented  a life
insurance program for President DePaolo and Executive Vice President Sidebotham.
Such plan provides for a death benefit of 250% of salary up to a maximum benefit
of $250,000.  Such benefit remains in effect following termination of employment
with not less than three years of service.

         Change in  Control/Employment  Agreements.  The Board of Directors  may
enter into an employment  agreement with the Chairman of the Board and change in
control agreement with the Bank's President and Executive Vice President.  It is
anticipated that such  agreements,  if they are entered into, would provide that
if SE Financial Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank is acquired and the
officer's  employment is terminated,  he will receive a cash severance  payment.
Such  severance  payment  would in no event  exceed  2.999 times the  terminated
officer's  prior  five year  average  taxable  compensation.  The terms of these
potential agreements have not yet been determined.

Potential Stock Benefit Plans

         Employee Stock Ownership Plan. We intend to establish an employee stock
ownership plan for the exclusive benefit of participating employees of the Bank,
to be implemented at the completion of the offering. Participating employees are
employees  who have  completed  one year of service and have attained the age of
21. An application for a letter of determination as to the tax-qualified  status
of the employee stock  ownership plan will be submitted to the IRS.  Although no
assurances can be given, we

                                       64





expect that the employee stock ownership plan will receive a favorable letter of
determination from the IRS.

         The employee stock ownership plan is to be funded by contributions made
by St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank in cash or common stock.  Benefits may be
paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash. The plan will borrow funds
with  which to  acquire  up to 8% of the  shares  issued  in the  offering.  The
employee stock  ownership plan may elect, in whole or in part, to fill its order
through open market purchases subsequent to the closing of the offering, subject
to any required regulatory  approval.  The employee stock ownership plan intends
to borrow funds from SE Financial Corp. The loan is expected to be for a term of
ten years at an annual  interest rate  approximately  equal to the prime rate as
published  in The Wall Street  Journal.  Presently  it is  anticipated  that the
employee stock ownership plan will purchase up to 8% of the shares issued in the
offering.  The loan will be secured  by the shares  purchased  and  earnings  of
employee stock ownership plan assets.  Shares  purchased with loan proceeds will
be held in a suspense account for allocation  among  participants as the loan is
repaid. It is anticipated that all contributions  will be  tax-deductible.  This
loan is expected to be fully repaid in approximately ten years.

         Contributions  to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released
from the suspense  account will be allocated among  participants on the basis of
base  compensation.  All participants must be employed at least 1,000 hours in a
plan  year,  or  have  terminated  employment  following  death,  disability  or
retirement, in order to receive an allocation. Participant benefits become fully
vested in plan allocations  following three years of service.  Employment before
the  adoption of the  employee  stock  ownership  plan shall be credited for the
purposes of  vesting,  and  vesting is  accelerated  in the event of a change of
control.  Contributions  to the employee stock  ownership  plan by St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank are  discretionary and may cause a reduction in other forms
of compensation, including the Bank's 401(k) Plan. As a result, benefits payable
under this plan cannot be estimated.

         A committee,  consisting of non-employee directors, will administer the
plan and serve as the plan's  trustees.  The  trustees  must vote all  allocated
shares held in the plan as directed by plan participants. Unallocated shares and
allocated  shares for which no timely  direction  is  received  will be voted as
directed  by the Board of  Directors  or the  plan's  committee,  subject to the
trustees' fiduciary duties.

         Stock  Option  Plan.  We  intend to adopt a stock  option  plan for the
benefit of  directors  and officers  after the offering  after the passage of at
least one year from the completion of the offering.  We may, however,  decide to
adopt the stock option plan sooner than one year following the offering,  but in
no event  will the plan be adopted  sooner  than six  months  subsequent  to the
completion of the offering.  If the stock option plan is implemented  within one
year of the completion of the offering, it will comply with the Office of Thrift
Supervision  regulations related to such plans, including limitations on vesting
and allocation of awards.  Any plan adopted within one year of the completion of
the  offering  will  be  subject  to  stockholder   approval  at  a  meeting  of
stockholders  held no sooner than six months subsequent to the completion of the
offering.  Up to 10% of the  number  of shares  of  common  stock  issued in the
offering  will be  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  stock  option  plan.  No
determinations  have been made as to the specific terms of, or awards under, the
stock option plan.

         The  purpose of the stock  option  plan will be to  attract  and retain
qualified  personnel in key  positions,  provide  officers and directors  with a
proprietary  interest in SE Financial Corp. as an incentive to contribute to our
success and reward directors and officers for outstanding performance.  Although
the terms of the stock option plan have not yet been determined,  it is expected
that the stock option plan will

                                       65





provide for the grant of: (1) options to purchase the common  stock  intended to
qualify as incentive  stock options under the Internal  Revenue Code  (incentive
stock  options);  and (2) options  that do not so qualify  (non-incentive  stock
options).  Any stock option plan would be in effect for up to ten years from the
earlier of adoption by the Board of Directors  or approval by the  stockholders.
Options  would  expire no later  than 10 years from the date  granted  and would
expire  earlier  if the  option  committee  so  determines  or in the  event  of
termination of employment.  Options would be granted based upon several factors,
including seniority, job duties and responsibilities and job performance.

         Restricted  Stock Plan. We also intend to establish a restricted  stock
plan to provide our officers and  directors  with a  proprietary  interest in SE
Financial  Corp. We intend to adopt the restricted  stock plan after the passage
of at least one year  from the  completion  of the  offering.  We may,  however,
decide to adopt the  restricted  stock plan sooner than one year  following  the
offering,  but in no event  will  the plan be  adopted  sooner  than six  months
subsequent to the completion of the offering.  If the  restricted  stock plan is
implemented  within one year of the  completion of the offering,  it will comply
with the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  regulations  related  to such  plans,
including  limitations  on vesting and  allocation  of awards.  Any plan adopted
within one year of the completion of the offering will be subject to stockholder
approval at a meeting of stockholders  held no sooner than six months subsequent
to the  completion of the  offering.  The  restricted  stock plan is expected to
provide  for the award of common  stock,  subject  to vesting  restrictions,  to
eligible officers and directors.

         We expect to contribute  funds to the restricted stock plan to acquire,
in the  aggregate,  up to 4.0% of the number of shares of common stock issued in
the offering, provided, however, that, pursuant to the regulations of the Office
of Thrift Supervision,  if the plan is adopted within one year of the completion
of the offering,  the plan will be limited to up to 3% if St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank does not have tangible capital of at least 10% at the time the plan
is  established.  Shares used to fund the restricted  stock plan may be acquired
through open market  purchases or provided from authorized but unissued  shares.
No  determinations  have been made as to the  specific  terms of the  restricted
stock plan.

Transactions with Management and Others

         No directors,  officers or their immediate  family members were engaged
in  transactions  with the Bank or any  subsidiary  involving  more than $60,000
(other than through a loan) during the year ended October 31, 2003. Furthermore,
the Bank had no  "interlocking"  relationships  in which  (1) any  officer  is a
member of the board of  directors  of another  entity  with an officer  who is a
member of the Bank's Board of Directors, or where (2) any officer is a member of
the compensation  committee of another entity, one of whose officers is a member
of the Bank's Board of Directors.

         The Bank has followed the policy of offering residential mortgage loans
for the  financing of personal  residences  and consumer  loans to its officers,
directors and employees.  Loans are made in the ordinary  course of business and
are also made on  substantially  the same terms and conditions,  other than a 1%
discount for officers and  employees on the interest  rate paid while the person
remains employed by the Bank, as those of comparable  transactions prevailing at
the time with other  persons,  and do not  include  more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Management

         The following  table sets forth for each of the directors and executive
officers (including in each case all "associates" of such persons) the number of
shares of common stock which each  director  and  executive  officer  intends to
purchase, assuming the sale of 1,750,000 shares of common stock at $10.00

                                       66





per share. The table does not include  purchases by the employee stock ownership
plan (8% of the  common  stock  sold in the  offering),  and does not take  into
account any stock benefit  plans to be adopted  following  the  conversion.  See
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans.


                                                           Percentage of
                                        Total            Total Outstanding
                                      Number of              Shares at
                                      Shares to           Midpoint of the
       Name                          be Purchased         Offering Range
- -----------------------              ------------         --------------
Marcy C. Panzer                           20,000              1.1%
Gilbert Barsky                               500                *
Samuel Barsky                             10,000                *
P. Charles DeRita                                               *
                                          ------                *
Andrew A. Hines                            3,000                *
Ben Kovnat                                 7,000                *
Megan L. Mahoney                          10,000                *
J. William Parker, Jr.                     4,000                *
Dr. Nicholas M. Renzi                     10,000                *
William F. Saldutti, III                   5,000                *
Susanne Spinell Shuster                    5,000                *
Frank S. DePaolo                          10,000                *
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.                    10,000                *
                                          ------
   Total

- ---------------------
*        Less than 1%.

         If the  stockholders  of SE Financial  Corp.  approve the stock benefit
plans as discussed in this  prospectus  (including  4.0% of the shares issued in
the offering for the restricted stock plan and 10.0% of the shares issued in the
offering for the stock  option  plan),  and  assuming  that all of the shares of
common stock available for award under the restricted stock plan are awarded and
all of the  options  available  under  the stock  option  plan are  awarded  and
exercised,  the aggregate  ownership of directors and executive  officers  would
increase to ___% at the midpoint of the offering range,  assuming that the plans
are funded with newly issued  shares  instead of shares  acquired in open market
purchases and assuming that no awards are made to  non-executive  officers.  See
Management - Potential Stock Benefit Plans on page __.

         Purchases of common stock in the  offering by directors  and  executive
officers will be counted toward the minimum of 1,487,500  shares  required to be
sold to complete the offering.  Management may, but is not required to, purchase
additional  shares in the  offering  to  satisfy  the  minimum,  subject  to the
limitation  on  the  individual  maximum  share  purchase  limitations  and  the
requirement  that  directors,  executive  officers and their  associates may not
purchase, in the aggregate, more than 34% of the shares sold in the offering.

         Shares of common stock  purchased by directors and  executive  officers
cannot  be sold for a period  of one year  following  the  offering,  and  stock
certificates  issued to  directors  and  executive  officers  will bear a legend
restricting their sale. See The Stock Offering - Restrictions on Transferability
by Directors and Executive Officers on page ___.



                                       67



                                 THE CONVERSION

         The Board of Directors of St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank adopted the
plan authorizing the conversion and the offering on January 15, 2004, subject to
the approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision and of the members of the Bank
and  the  satisfaction  of  certain  other  conditions.  The  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  gave  authorization  to conduct the  conversion  on March __, 2004.
Office of Thrift  Supervision  approval does not constitute a recommendation  or
endorsement of the plan by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

General

         On January 15, 2004,  the Board of Directors  of St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings  Bank adopted the plan of  conversion  and stock  issuance,  pursuant to
which the Bank proposes to reorganize from a federally  chartered mutual savings
institution to a federally  chartered stock savings  institution.  The Bank will
become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of SE Financial  Corp.  Concurrently  with the
conversion, SE Financial Corp. will sell its common stock in the offering to the
Bank's  members and, if necessary,  the general  public.  The Board of Directors
unanimously  adopted  the Plan after  consideration  of the  advantages  and the
disadvantages of the conversion and offering.  After we receive all the required
approvals  from the  government  agencies  that regulate us, the approval of the
plan  by the  Bank's  members  and  the  satisfaction  of all  other  conditions
precedent to the  conversion,  the Bank will effect the conversion by exchanging
its federal  mutual  savings  institution  charter for a federal  stock  savings
institution  charter and  becoming a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of SE  Financial
Corp.,  and having the depositors of the Bank receive  liquidation  interests in
the  federal  stock  savings  institution  as they have in the Bank  before  the
conversion. See The Conversion - Description of the Conversion. On the effective
date, SE Financial Corp. will commence business as SE Financial Corp., a savings
and loan holding  company,  and the Bank will  commence  business as a federally
chartered  stock savings bank. The conversion will be accomplished in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the plan, the  requirements  of applicable laws
and regulations, and the policies of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         For additional information concerning the offering, see The Offering.

Purposes of the Conversion

         The  Board  of  Directors  of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank has
determined  that  the  conversion  is in the best  interest  of the Bank and has
several business purposes for the conversion.

         The conversion will structure the Bank in the stock form, which is used
by commercial banks,  most major business  corporations and an increasing number
of  savings  institutions.  Formation  of the Bank as a  capital  stock  savings
institution  subsidiary of SE Financial  Corp. will permit SE Financial Corp. to
issue  stock,  which is a source of  capital  not  available  to mutual  savings
institutions.  The holding  company form of  organization is expected to provide
additional  flexibility  to diversify  the Bank's  business  activities  through
existing or newly formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions  of or mergers
with other financial institutions, as well as other companies. Although the Bank
has  no  current  arrangements,   understandings  or  agreements  regarding  any
opportunities, SE Financial Corp. will be in a position after the conversion and
offering,  subject to regulatory  limitations and SE Financial Corp.'s financial
position,  to take  advantage  of any  acquisition,  merger  or  diversification
opportunities that may arise.

         SE  Financial  Corp.  is  offering  for  sale its  common  stock in the
offering at an aggregate price based on an independent  appraisal.  The proceeds
from the sale of common stock of SE Financial Corp.

                                       68




will provide the Bank with new equity capital, which will support future deposit
growth and expanded operations.  The ability of SE Financial Corp. to sell stock
also will enable SE Financial Corp. and the Bank to increase capital in response
to the changing capital requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision.  While
the Bank currently  meets or exceeds all regulatory  capital  requirements,  the
sale of stock in connection with the conversion,  coupled with the  accumulation
of earnings,  less dividends or other reductions in capital,  from year to year,
represents  a means for the orderly  preservation  and  expansion  of the Bank's
capital  base,  and allows  flexibility  to respond to sudden and  unanticipated
capital  needs.  After the  conversion  and  offering,  SE Financial  Corp.  may
repurchase shares of its common stock. The investment of the net proceeds of the
offering  also will  provide  additional  income to enhance  further  the Bank's
future capital position.

         The ability of SE Financial  Corp. to issue stock will enable it in the
future to establish  stock  benefit  plans for  management  and  employees of SE
Financial  Corp. and the Bank,  including  incentive  stock option plans,  stock
award plans, and employee stock ownership plans.

         SE Financial  Corp. will also be able to borrow funds, on a secured and
unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a private placement.  The
proceeds of any  borrowings or debt issuance may be  contributed  to the Bank as
core capital for regulatory capital purposes.  SE Financial Corp. has not made a
determination to borrow funds or issue debt at the present time.

Description of the Conversion

         After  receiving  all of the  required  approvals  from the  government
agencies that regulate us and the  ratification of the plan of conversion by the
Bank's  members,  the conversion will be completed.  After the  conversion,  the
legal existence of the Bank will not terminate, the converted stock bank will be
a  continuation  of the Bank and all property of the Bank,  including its right,
title, and interest in and to all property of any kind and nature,  interest and
asset of every  conceivable  value or benefit then existing or pertaining to the
Bank,  or which  would inure to the Bank  immediately  by  operation  of law and
without the necessity of any  conveyance or transfer and without any further act
or deed,  will continue to be owned by the Bank.  The Bank will possess and hold
the same in its right and fully and to the same extent as the same was possessed
and held by the  Bank.  The Bank  will  continue  to have,  succeed  to,  and be
responsible  for all the rights,  liabilities,  and  obligations of the Bank and
will maintain its headquarters operations at the Bank's present location.

         The  foregoing  description  of  the  conversion  is  qualified  in its
entirety by  reference to the plan and the charter and bylaws of the Bank and SE
Financial Corp. to be effective after the conversion.

Effects of the Conversion

         General.  The conversion will not have any effect on the Bank's present
business  of  accepting  deposits  and  investing  its  funds in loans and other
investments  permitted by law. The  conversion  will not result in any change in
the existing  services  provided to  depositors  and  borrowers,  or in existing
offices,  management, and staff. After the conversion, the Bank will continue to
be subject to regulation,  supervision,  and examination by the Office of Thrift
Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in the Bank at the
time of the conversion  will continue as an account holder in the Bank after the
conversion,  and the conversion  will not affect the deposit  balance,  interest
rate,  or other  terms.  Each  deposit  account  will be insured by the  Federal
Deposit

                                       69





Insurance  Corporation to the same extent as before the  conversion.  Depositors
will continue to hold their existing certificates,  savings records, checkbooks,
and other evidence of their  accounts.  The conversion will not affect the loans
of any borrower from the Bank.  The amount,  interest rate,  maturity,  security
for, and  obligations  under each loan will remain  contractually  fixed as they
existed prior to the conversion.  See The Conversion - Effects of the Conversion
- - Voting Rights and -  Liquidation  Rights below for a discussion of the effects
of the conversion on the voting and liquidation  rights of the depositors of the
Bank.

         Voting Rights. As a federally chartered mutual savings institution, the
Bank has no authority to issue capital stock and thus, no stockholders.  Control
of the Bank in its mutual form is vested in the Board of  Directors of the Bank.
The Directors are elected by the Bank's members.  Holders of qualifying deposits
in the Bank are  members  of the Bank.  In the  consideration  of all  questions
requiring action by members of the Bank, each holder of a qualifying  deposit is
permitted to cast one vote for each $100, or fraction thereof, of the withdrawal
value of the voting depositor's account.  Each borrower as of September 29, 1995
has one vote for the  period of time that such  borrowing  is in  existence.  No
member may cast more than 1,000 votes.

         After  the  conversion,  all  voting  rights  will  be held  solely  by
stockholders.  A  stockholder  will be  entitled  to one vote for each  share of
common stock owned.

         Tax Effects.  We have  received an opinion  from our  counsel,  Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC, on the  federal  tax  consequences  of the  conversion.  The
opinion has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus  is a part and covers those  federal tax matters that are material to
the transaction. The opinion provides that:

     o    the  conversion  will  qualify  as  a  reorganization   under  Section
          368(a)(1)(F)  of the Code,  and no gain or loss will be  recognized by
          the Bank by reason of the proposed conversion;

     o    no gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Bank upon the  receipt  of
          money from SE Financial  Corp.  for the Bank's  stock,  and no gain or
          loss will be  recognized  by SE  Financial  Corp.  upon the receipt of
          money for the shares;

     o    no gain or loss will be  recognized by the Eligible  Account  Holders,
          Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members upon the
          issuance to them of withdrawable  savings  accounts in the Bank in the
          stock form in the same dollar amount as their savings  accounts in the
          Bank in the mutual form plus an interest in the liquidation account of
          the Bank in the stock form in exchange for their  savings  accounts in
          the Bank in the mutual form;

     o    the part of the taxable year of the Bank before the conversion and the
          part of the  taxable  year  of the  Bank  after  the  conversion  will
          constitute a single taxable year of the Bank.  Consequently,  the Bank
          will not be  required  to file a federal  income  tax  return  for any
          portion of such taxable year;

     o    the Bank after the  conversion  will  succeed to and take into account
          the  earnings  and profits or deficit in  earnings  and profits of the
          Bank as of the date or dates of transfer; and


                                       70





     o    no gain or  loss  will be  recognized  by  Eligible  Account  Holders,
          Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and Other  Members  upon the
          distribution to them of the non- transferable  subscription  rights to
          purchase shares of stock.

         The opinion in the last bullet above is predicated  on  representations
from the Bank that no person  shall  receive  any  payment,  whether in money or
property,  in lieu of the issuance of  subscription  rights.  The opinion in the
last  bullet  above is based on the  position  that the  subscription  rights to
purchase  shares  of  common  stock  received  by  Eligible   Account   Holders,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value
of zero.  In reaching  their opinion  stated in the last bullet  above,  Malizia
Spidi & Fisch, PC has noted that the  subscription  rights will be granted at no
cost to the recipients,  will be legally non-transferable and of short duration,
and will provide the recipients with the right only to purchase shares of common
stock at the same  price to be paid by  members  of the  general  public  in any
community  offering.  Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC believes that it is more likely
than not that the fair  market  value of the  subscription  rights  to  purchase
common stock is zero.

         If the  non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase common stock
are subsequently found to have a fair market value,  income may be recognized by
various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the  rights  are  exercised),  and we may be  taxed on the  distribution  of the
subscription rights.

         We are also subject to  Pennsylvania  income taxes and have received an
opinion from Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC that the conversion  will be treated for
Pennsylvania  state tax purposes  similar to the treatment of the conversion for
federal tax purposes.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling from the IRS,  the opinions of Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC have no binding effect or official  status,  and no assurance
can be given  that the  conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions  would be
sustained  by  a  court  if  contested  by  the  IRS  or  the  Pennsylvania  tax
authorities.  Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,
and Other  Members are  encouraged  to consult with their own tax advisers as to
the tax consequences in the event the subscription rights are determined to have
any market value.

         Liquidation  Account.  In the  unlikely  event of the  Bank's  complete
liquidation  in the Bank's  present  mutual form,  each depositor is entitled to
share in a distribution of the Bank's assets,  remaining after payment of claims
of all creditors (including the claims of all depositors to the withdrawal value
of their  accounts).  Each  depositor's  pro rata share of the remaining  assets
would be in the same proportion as the value of his deposit  accounts was to the
total value of all deposit accounts in the Bank at the time of liquidation.

         Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion,  each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general  priority as the claims of all
other general  creditors of the Bank.  Except as described  below, a depositor's
claim would be solely in the amount of the balance in his deposit  account  plus
accrued  interest.  A depositor would not have an interest in the residual value
of the Bank's assets above that amount, if any.

         The Bank's plan of conversion provides for the establishment,  upon the
completion of the conversion, of a special "liquidation account" for the benefit
of Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders.  The
liquidation  account will be  maintained as a separate  account at St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank.


                                       71





         Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder,
if he continues to maintain his deposit account with the Bank, would be entitled
on a complete  liquidation of the Bank after  conversion,  to an interest in the
liquidation account prior to any payment to stockholders.  Each Eligible Account
Holder  would have an  initial  interest  in the  liquidation  account  for each
deposit account held in the Bank on the qualifying date, December 31, 2002. Each
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder would have a similar  interest as of the
qualifying  date,  December  31, 2003.  The interest as to each deposit  account
would be in the same proportion of the total liquidation  account as the balance
of the deposit account on the qualifying  dates was to the aggregate  balance in
all the deposit accounts of Eligible  Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders on the qualifying dates.  However,  if the amount in the deposit
account on any annual  closing  date of the Bank  (October  31) is less than the
amount in the liquidation  account on the respective  qualifying dates, then the
interest in this special  liquidation account would be reduced from time to time
by an amount  proportionate  to any  reduction,  and the interest would cease to
exist if the deposit account were closed.  Decreases in deposit  accounts on any
annual closing date will be reflected by a corresponding  decrease in the amount
held in the  liquidation  account.  An  individual's  interest  in and the total
amount  held in the  liquidation  account  will never be  increased  despite any
increase in deposit accounts after the respective qualifying dates.

         The Bank's plan of conversion  requires the  liquidation  account to be
established  in an amount  equal to its net worth as of the  latest  practicable
date prior to  conversion  (i.e.,  the net worth  disclosed in the  consolidated
financial statements included in this prospectus).

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with assumptions of
savings accounts and other  liabilities,  or similar  transactions  with another
insured  institution  in which  the  Bank,  in its  converted  form,  is not the
surviving  institution,  shall be  considered a complete  liquidation.  In these
transactions,  the  liquidation  account  shall  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

Conditions to the Conversion

         Before we can complete the conversion, we must receive all the required
approvals or non- objections from the Office of Thrift Supervision.  The receipt
of these approvals or non-objections  from the Office of Thrift Supervision does
not constitute a recommendation  or endorsement of the plan or conversion by the
Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Completion of the conversion  also is subject to
ratification  of the plan by a majority  of the total votes of  depositors  at a
special  meeting  called for the  purpose of  approving  the plan.  The Board of
Directors  may  decide to  complete  the  conversion  without  forming a holding
company.

Amendment or Termination of the Plan of Conversion

         If determined to be necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors of
the Bank,  the plan may be amended by a  two-thirds  vote of the Bank's Board of
Directors, with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision, at any time
prior  to  or  after  submission  of  the  plan  to  members  of  the  Bank  for
ratification.  The plan may be  terminated by the Board of Directors of the Bank
at any time prior to or after ratification by the members,  by a two-thirds vote
with the concurrence of the Office of Thrift Supervision.



                                       72





                                  THE OFFERING

General

         Concurrently with the conversion,  we are offering between a minimum of
1,487,500  shares  and a maximum  of  2,012,500  shares  of common  stock in the
offering  (subject to adjustment to up to 2,314,375  shares if our estimated pro
forma  market  value has  increased  at the  conclusion  of the  offering).  The
offering  will expire at __:__ _.m.,  eastern  time,  on  _______________,  2004
unless  extended.  The minimum  purchase is 25 shares of common  stock  (minimum
investment  of $250).  Our common  stock is being  offered  at a fixed  price of
$10.00 per share in the offering.

         In accordance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
pending  completion or termination of the conversion and offering,  subscription
funds  received by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank will be invested only in
investments permissible under Rule 15c2-4.

Conduct of the Offering

         Subject  to the  limitations  of the plan,  shares of common  stock are
being offered in descending order of priority in the subscription offering to:

o    Eligible  Account Holders  (depositors at the close of business on December
     31, 2002 with deposits of at least $50.00);

o    the employee stock ownership plan;

o    Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders (depositors at the close of business
     on December 31, 2003 with deposits of at least $50.00); and

o    Other  Members:  depositors  as of February  __, 2004 and  borrowers  as of
     September 29, 1995 who continue as borrowers as of the close of business on
     February__, 2004.

         To the extent that shares  remain  available  and  depending  on market
conditions  at or near  the  completion  of the  subscription  offering,  we may
conduct a community offering and possibly a syndicated  community offering.  The
community  offering,  if  any,  may  commence  simultaneously  with,  during  or
subsequent  to  the  completion  of  the  subscription  offering.  A  syndicated
community  offering,  if we conducted  one,  would commence just prior to, or as
soon as practicable after, the termination of the subscription  offering. In any
community offering or syndicated  community offering,  we must first fill orders
for  our  common  stock  up to a  maximum  of 2% of  the  shares  issued  in the
conversion in a manner that will achieve a wide  distribution of the stock,  and
thereafter  any remaining  shares will be allocated in on equal number of shares
per order  basis,  until all orders  have been  filled or the  shares  have been
exhausted.  If an  oversubscription  occurs in the offering by Eligible  Account
Holders,  the employee stock  ownership plan may, in whole or in part,  fill its
order through open market  purchases  subsequent to the closing of the offering,
subject to any required regulatory approval.

Subscription Offering

         Subscription Rights.  Non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe
for the purchase of common stock have been granted  under the plan of conversion
to the following persons:


                                       73





         Priority 1: Eligible  Account  Holders.  Each Eligible  Account  Holder
shall be given the opportunity to purchase,  subject to the overall  limitations
described  under The Stock Offering - Limitations  on Purchases of Stock,  up to
the greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation in the  community  offering
(i.e., 10,000 shares or $100,000), (ii) one-tenth of 1% of the total offering of
shares of common stock offered in the subscription  offering, and (iii) 15 times
the product  (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the
total number of shares of common stock offered in the subscription offering by a
fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposits of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
qualifying  deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.  If there are insufficient
shares  available  to satisfy all  subscriptions  of Eligible  Account  Holders,
shares  will be  allocated  to  Eligible  Account  Holders so as to permit  each
subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to
make his total  allocation  equal to the  lesser of 100  shares or the number of
shares ordered.  Thereafter,  unallocated  shares will be allocated to remaining
subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the
same proportion  that each  subscriber's  qualifying  deposit bears to the total
amount of qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,  in
each  case  on  December  31,  2002,   whose   subscriptions   remain  unfilled.
Subscription rights received by persons who were officers and directors one year
prior to the eligibility  record date, based on their increased  deposits in St.
Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank in the one year preceding the eligibility  record
date will be subordinated to the  subscription  rights of other eligible account
holders. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must
list on his order form all accounts in which he had an ownership  interest as of
the Eligibility Record Date.

         Priority 2: The Employee Plans. The tax qualified employee plans may be
given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the common stock
issued in the  subscription  offering.  It is expected  that the employee  stock
ownership  plan  will  purchase  up to 8% of  the  common  stock  issued  in the
offering.  If an  oversubscription  occurs in the  offering by Eligible  Account
Holders,  the employee stock  ownership plan may, in whole or in part,  fill its
order through open market  purchases  subsequent to the closing of the offering,
subject to any required regulatory approval.

         Priority  3:  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders.  If  there  are
sufficient  shares  remaining after  satisfaction of  subscriptions  by Eligible
Account  Holders and the employee stock  ownership plan and other  tax-qualified
employee stock benefit plans,  each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder shall
have the opportunity to purchase,  subject to the overall limitations  described
under The Stock Offering - Limitations on Purchases of Stock,  up to the greater
of (i) the maximum purchase  limitation in the community offering (i.e.,  10,000
shares or  $100,000),  (ii)  one-tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of
common  stock  offered  in the  subscription  offering,  and  (iii) 15 times the
product  (rounded down to the next whole  number)  obtained by  multiplying  the
total number of shares of common stock offered in the subscription offering by a
fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposits of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
qualifying  deposits of all Eligible Account Holders.  If Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares
subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the employee stock ownership plan
and other  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans,  if any, is in excess of
the total number of shares  offered in the offering,  the shares of common stock
will be allocated among subscribing  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders first
so as to  permit  each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder  to
purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the
lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  ordered.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares will be  allocated  to each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder whose  subscription  remains  unfilled in the same  proportion  that each
subscriber's qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits
of all  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  in each  case on
December  31,  2002,  whose  subscriptions  remain  unfilled.  To ensure  proper
allocation of stock each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on

                                       74





his order form all  accounts  in which he had an  ownership  interest  as of the
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Priority 4: Other  Members.  If there are sufficient  shares  remaining
after  satisfaction of all  subscriptions by the Eligible  Account Holders,  the
tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plans, and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders,  each Other Member (depositors as of February __, 2004 and borrowers as
of  September  29, 1995 who continue as borrowers as of the close of business on
February  __,  2004) who is not an Eligible  or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder shall have the opportunity to purchase up to the greater of 10,000 shares
of common  stock or  one-tenth  of 1% of the total  offering of shares of common
stock  offered in the  subscription  offering,  subject to the overall  purchase
limitations described under - Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock. If Other
Members  subscribe  for a number  of  shares  which,  when  added to the  shares
subscribed for by Eligible Account  Holders,  the  tax-qualified  employee stock
benefit plans and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  is in excess of the
total  number of shares  offered in the  offering,  the  subscriptions  of Other
Members  will be  allocated  among  subscribing  Other  Members  to permit  each
subscribing  Other Member to purchase a number of shares  sufficient to make his
total allocation of common stock equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number
of  shares  subscribed  for by  Other  Members.  Any  shares  remaining  will be
allocated  among  the  subscribing  Other  Members  whose  subscriptions  remain
unsatisfied  on a 100 shares (or whatever  lesser amount is available) per order
basis  until all  orders  have been  filled or the  remaining  shares  have been
allocated.

         State Securities Laws. We, in our sole discretion, will make reasonable
efforts to comply with the securities  laws of any state in the United States in
which St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank members reside,  and will only offer and
sell the common  stock in states in which the offers and sales comply with state
securities laws.  However,  no person will be offered or allowed to purchase any
common stock under the plan if he resides in a foreign  country or in a state of
the United States with respect to which:

o    a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to purchase shares under the
     plan reside in that state or foreign country; or

o    the offer or sale of shares of common stock to these  persons would require
     us or St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank or our employees to register, under
     the securities laws of that state or foreign country, as a broker or dealer
     or to register or otherwise  qualify its  securities for sale in that state
     or foreign country; or

o    registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or
     otherwise.

         Restrictions  on Transfer of Subscription  Rights and Shares.  The plan
prohibits  any person  with  subscription  rights,  including  Eligible  Account
Holders,   Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and  Other  Members,  from
transferring  or entering  into any agreement or  understanding  to transfer the
legal or beneficial  ownership of the subscription  rights issued under the plan
or the shares of common stock to be issued when they are exercised. Subscription
rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for
his or her account.  Adding or deleting a name or otherwise altering the form of
beneficial  ownership  of  a  qualifying  account  will  result  in  a  loss  of
subscription  rights.  Each  person  subscribing  for shares will be required to
certify that he or she is  purchasing  shares  solely for his or her own account
and  that he or she has no  agreement  or  understanding  regarding  the sale or
transfer of the shares.  The regulations  also prohibit any person from offering
or making  an  announcement  of an offer or intent to make an offer to  purchase
subscription  rights or shares of common  stock  before  the  completion  of the
offering.


                                       75





         SE Financial  Corp. and St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank will pursue
any and all legal and  equitable  remedies  in the event we become  aware of the
transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor  orders  which we determine
involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Deadlines for Purchasing Stock

         The subscription  offering will terminate at 12:00 noon,  eastern time,
on _____________, 2004. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you
for up to 45 days,  until  _____________,  2004. Once  submitted,  your order is
irrevocable unless the offering is extended beyond  _____________,  2004. We may
request  permission from the Office of Thrift Supervision to extend the offering
beyond  _____________,  2004, and the Office of Thrift Supervision may grant one
or more  extensions  of the offering of up to 90 days per  extension,  but in no
event may the offering be extended beyond  _____________,  2006. If the offering
is  extended  beyond  _____________,  2004,  we will be  required to notify each
subscriber and resolicit subscriptions. During any extension period, subscribers
will have the right to modify or rescind  their  subscriptions,  and,  unless an
affirmative  response is received,  a  subscriber's  funds will be returned with
interest at St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank's regular savings account rate. A
community offering and a syndicated  community  offering,  if such offerings are
conducted,  may  terminate  at  any  time  without  notice  but  no  later  than
_____________, 2004.

         We may cancel the offering at any time prior to the special  meeting of
members  of the Bank to vote on the plan of  conversion.  If we do,  orders  for
common stock already  submitted will be canceled and subscribers'  funds will be
returned with interest at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank's regular savings
account rate.

Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering

         Community  Offering.  If less than the total number of shares of common
stock to be subscribed for in the offering are sold in the subscription offering
and depending on market conditions at or near the completion of the subscription
offering,  shares  remaining  unsubscribed may be made available for purchase in
the community  offering to certain  members of the general  public.  The maximum
amount of common stock that any person (or persons though a single  account) may
purchase  in the  community  offering  is 10,000  shares,  or  $100,000.  In the
community offering, if any, shares will be available for purchase by the general
public with preference  given first to natural persons  residing in Philadelphia
County, Pennsylvania and Gloucester County, New Jersey. We will attempt to issue
the shares in a manner that would promote a wide distribution of common stock.

         If purchasers in the community  offering,  whose orders would otherwise
be accepted,  subscribe for more shares than are  available  for  purchase,  the
shares  available to them will be allocated among persons  submitting  orders in
the community offering in an equitable manner we determine.

         The  community  offering,  if any,  may commence  simultaneously  with,
during  or  subsequent  to the  completion  of the  subscription  offering.  The
community  offering,  if any,  must  be  completed  within  45  days  after  the
completion of the subscription  offering unless otherwise extended by the Office
of Thrift Supervision.

         We, in our absolute discretion,  reserve the right to reject any or all
orders in whole or in part which are received in the community offering,  at the
time of  receipt  or as soon as  practicable  following  the  completion  of the
community offering.


                                       76





         Syndicated  Community  Offering.  If shares remain  available after the
subscription  offering,  and  depending  on  market  conditions  at or near  the
completion of the subscription offering, we may offer shares to selected persons
through a  syndicated  community  offering  on a  best-efforts  basis  conducted
through Sandler O'Neill in accordance with such terms, conditions and procedures
as may be  determined by the Boards of Directors of SE Financial  Corp.  and St.
Edmond's Federal Savings Bank. A syndicate of broker-dealers  (selected dealers)
may be formed  to assist in the  syndicated  community  offering.  A  syndicated
community  offering,  if we conducted  one,  would commence just prior to, or as
soon as practicable after, the termination of the subscription offering.

         Orders received in connection with the syndicated  community  offering,
if any, will receive a lower priority than orders  received in the  subscription
offering and community offering.  Common stock sold in the syndicated  community
offering will be sold at the same price as all other shares in the  subscription
offering.  A syndicated  community  offering would be open to the general public
beyond the local  community,  however,  we have the right to reject  orders,  in
whole or in part, in our sole discretion in the syndicated  community  offering.
No person (or persons  through a single  account)  will be permitted to purchase
more  than  10,000  shares,  or  $100,000,  of  common  stock in the  syndicated
community offering.

         The date by which orders must be received in the  syndicated  community
offering  will  be set by us at  the  time  the  syndicated  community  offering
commences;   but  if  the  syndicated  community  offering  is  extended  beyond
_______________,  2004,  each purchaser  will have the  opportunity to maintain,
modify,  or  rescind  his  order.  In that  event,  all  funds  received  in the
syndicated  community  offering will be promptly  returned with interest to each
purchaser unless he requests otherwise.

Limitations on Purchases of Stock

         The following additional  limitations have been imposed on purchases of
shares of common stock:

          1.   The  maximum  number of  shares  which  may be  purchased  in the
               offering  by any  individual  (or  individuals  through  a single
               account) shall not exceed 10,000 shares, or $100,000. This limits
               applies  to  stock  purchases  in  total  in  the   subscription,
               community and public offerings.

          2.   The  maximum  number  of  shares  that  may be  purchased  by any
               individual (or  individuals  through a single  account)  together
               with any  associate  or group of  persons  acting in  concert  is
               20,000 shares, or $200,000. This limit applies to stock purchases
               in total in the  subscription,  community  and public  offerings.
               This limit does not apply to the Bank's  employee  stock  benefit
               plans,  which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to 10% of the
               common stock issued in the offering.

          3.   The  maximum  number of  shares  which  may be  purchased  in all
               categories  in the  offering by  officers  and  directors  of St.
               Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank  and  their  associates  in  the
               aggregate  shall not  exceed  34% of the  total  number of shares
               issued in the offering.

          4.   The minimum order is 25 shares.

          5.   If the number of shares otherwise allocable to any person or that
               person's  associates  would be in excess of the maximum number of
               shares  permitted  as set  forth  above,  the  number  of  shares
               allocated   to  that  person  shall  be  reduced  to  the  lowest
               limitation

                                       77





               applicable  to  that  person,  and  then  the  number  of  shares
               allocated to each group  consisting of a person and that person's
               associates  shall be reduced so that the aggregate  allocation to
               that person and his associates  complies with the above maximums,
               and the maximum number of shares shall be reallocated  among that
               person and his associates in proportion to the shares  subscribed
               by each (after first  applying the  maximums  applicable  to each
               person, separately).

          6.   Depending  on  market  or  financial  conditions,  the  Board  of
               Directors of St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank,  without further
               approval of the depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase
               limitations  in the  plan,  provided  that the  maximum  purchase
               limitations  may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5%
               of the  offering.  If SE Financial  Corp.  increases  the maximum
               purchase  limitations,  SE Financial  Corp.  is only  required to
               resolicit  persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount
               and may, in the sole discretion of SE Financial Corp.,  resolicit
               certain other large subscribers.

          7.   If the total number of shares  offered  increases in the offering
               due to an  increase  in the  maximum of the  estimated  valuation
               range of up to 15% (the adjusted  maximum) the additional  shares
               will be used in the following order of priority:  (a) to fill the
               Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan's  subscription  up to 8% of the
               adjusted maximum (unless the employee stock ownership plan elects
               to purchase stock subsequent to the offering in the open market);
               (b) if  there  is an  oversubscription  at the  Eligible  Account
               Holder level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions of Eligible Account
               Holders  exclusive  of the adjusted  maximum;  (c) if there is an
               oversubscription  at the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder
               level, to fill unfilled  subscriptions  of Supplemental  Eligible
               Account Holders exclusive of the adjusted  maximum;  (d) if there
               is an  oversubscription  at  the  other  member  level,  to  fill
               unfilled subscriptions of other members exclusive of the adjusted
               maximum;  (e) to fill orders  received  in a  community  offering
               exclusive  of the  adjusted  maximum,  with  preference  given to
               persons who live in the local  community;  and (f) to fill orders
               received in the syndicated  community  offering  exclusive of the
               adjusted maximum.

          8.   No person will be allowed to purchase any stock if that  purchase
               would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation
               or  would   violate   regulations   or   policies  of  the  NASD,
               particularly  those  regarding  free riding and  withholding.  SE
               Financial Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank and/or its
               agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser
               regarding  the  legality of the  purchase and may refuse to honor
               any purchase order if that opinion is not timely furnished.

          9.   The  Board  of  Directors  has the  right  to  reject  any  order
               submitted  by a person  whose  representations  it  believes  are
               untrue or who it believes is violating, circumventing, or intends
               to violate,  evade, or circumvent the terms and conditions of the
               plan, either alone or acting in concert with others.

          10.  The above  restrictions also apply to purchases by persons acting
               in concert under  applicable  regulations of the Office of Thrift
               Supervision.   Under   regulations   of  the   Office  of  Thrift
               Supervision,  directors of St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank are
               not considered to be affiliates or a group acting in concert with
               other directors solely as a result of membership on the Board.


                                       78





         11.      In addition, in any community offering or syndicated community
                  offering, we must first fill orders for our common stock up to
                  a maximum of 2% of the shares  issued in the  conversion  in a
                  manner that will achieve a wide distribution of the stock, and
                  thereafter any remaining  shares will be allocated in on equal
                  number of shares per order  basis,  until all orders have been
                  filled or the shares have been exhausted.

         The term "associate" of a person is defined in the plan to mean:

         (1)      any  corporation  or  organization  of  which a  person  is an
                  officer  or  partner  or  is,  directly  or  indirectly,   the
                  beneficial  owner  of  10% or  more  of any  class  of  equity
                  securities;

         (2)      any trust or other estate in which a person has a  substantial
                  beneficial  interest or as to which a person serves as trustee
                  or in a similar fiduciary capacity; or

         (3)      any  relative  or  spouse  of a person  or any  relative  of a
                  spouse,  who has the  same  home  as that  person  or who is a
                  director or officer of St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank, or
                  any of its parents or subsidiaries.

         For  example,  a  corporation  for which a person  serves as an officer
would  be an  associate  of  that  person  and  all  shares  purchased  by  that
corporation  would be  included  with the  number of shares  which  that  person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.

         The term "acting in concert" means:

         (1)      knowing  participation  in a joint activity or  interdependent
                  conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
                  pursuant to an express agreement; or

         (2)      a combination  or pooling of voting or other  interests in the
                  securities of an issuer for a common  purpose  pursuant to any
                  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement  or  other
                  arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

         A person or  company  which  acts in  concert  with  another  person or
company  ("other  party")  shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any
person or company who is also acting in concert  with that other  party,  except
that any  tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan will not be deemed to be
acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar  capacity
solely for the  purpose of  determining  whether  stock held by the  trustee and
stock held by the plan will be aggregated.  We will presume that certain persons
are acting in concert based upon various facts,  including the fact that persons
have joint account  relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint
Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange  Commission with respect to other
companies.  We reserve  the right to make an  independent  investigation  of any
facts or  circumstances  brought to its attention that indicate that one or more
persons acting  independently  or as a group acting in concert may be attempting
to violate or circumvent the regulatory  prohibition on the  transferability  of
subscription rights.

         We have  the  right,  in our  sole  discretion,  to  determine  whether
prospective   purchasers  are   "associates"   or  "acting  in  concert."  These
determinations  are in our sole discretion and may be based on whatever evidence
we believe to be  relevant,  including  joint  account  relationships  or shared
addresses on the Bank's records.


                                       79





         Each person  purchasing shares of the common stock in the offering will
be considered to have  confirmed that his or her purchase does not conflict with
the maximum purchase  limitation.  If the purchase limitation is violated by any
person or any associate or group of persons  affiliated  or otherwise  acting in
concert with that person, we will have the right to purchase from that person at
the $10.00 purchase price per share all shares acquired by that person in excess
of that  purchase  limitation  or, if the excess  shares  have been sold by that
person, to receive the difference  between the purchase price per share paid for
the excess  shares and the price at which the  excess  shares  were sold by that
person. Our right to purchase the excess shares will be assignable.

         Common  stock  purchased  pursuant  to  the  offering  will  be  freely
transferable,  except for shares  purchased  by  directors  and  officers of St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank.  For certain  restrictions  on the common stock
purchased  by  directors  and  officers,  see The  Offering  -  Restrictions  on
Transferability by Directors and Officers. In addition,  under guidelines of the
NASD,  members  of  the  NASD  and  their  associates  are  subject  to  certain
restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  securities  purchased  in  accordance  with
subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements after the purchase.

Ordering and Receiving Common Stock

         Use of Order  Forms.  Rights  to  subscribe  may only be  exercised  by
completion of an order form.  Any person  receiving an order form who desires to
subscribe  for  shares  of  common  stock  must do so  prior  to the  applicable
expiration  date by  delivering  by mail or in  person to St.  Edmond's  Federal
Savings Bank a properly  executed and completed  order form,  together with full
payment of the  purchase  price for all shares for which  subscription  is made;
provided,  however,  that if the employee plans  subscribe for shares during the
subscription  offering,  the employee  plans will not be required to pay for the
shares  at the time  they  subscribe  but  rather  may pay for the  shares  upon
completion of the conversion. All subscription rights under the plan will expire
on the expiration  date,  whether or not St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank has
been able to locate each person entitled to subscription  rights. Once tendered,
subscription  orders  cannot be revoked  without  the  consent  of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank.

         If a stock order form:

o    is not delivered and is returned to St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank by
     the United States Postal Service or St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank is
     unable to locate the addressee;

o    is not received or is received after the applicable  expiration  date; o is
     not completed correctly or executed; or

o    is not accompanied by the full required  payment for the shares  subscribed
     for including instances where a savings account or certificate balance from
     which  withdrawal  is  authorized  is  insufficient  to fund  the  required
     payment, but excluding subscriptions by the employee plans;

then the  subscription  rights for that  person will lapse as though that person
failed to return the completed order form within the time period specified.

         However, we may, but will not be required to, waive any irregularity on
any order  form or  require  the  submission  of  corrected  order  forms or the
remittance of full payment for subscribed  shares by a date that we may specify.
The waiver of an  irregularity  on an order form in no way obligates us to waive
any other  irregularity on any other order form. Waivers will be considered on a
case by case  basis.  We will not  accept  orders  received  on  photocopies  or
facsimile order forms, or for which payment is to

                                       80





be  made  by  wire  transfer  or  payment  from  private  third   parties.   Our
interpretation  of the terms and conditions of the plan and of the acceptability
of the order  forms  will be final,  subject to the  authority  of the Office of
Thrift Supervision.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the  applicable  expiration  date, in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  no  prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days
prior to the expiration  date.  Execution of the order form will confirm receipt
or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed
with a prospectus.

         Payment  for Shares.  For  subscriptions  to be valid,  payment for all
subscribed  shares will be required to accompany  all properly  completed  order
forms,  on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form unless we
extend the date.  Employee plans  subscribing for shares during the subscription
offering may pay for those shares upon completion of the conversion. Payment for
shares of common stock may be made

o    in cash, if delivered in person;
o    by check or money order made payable to St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank;
     or
o    for shares subscribed for in the subscription offering, by authorization of
     withdrawal  from savings  accounts  maintained  with St.  Edmond's  Federal
     Savings Bank.

         In accordance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
subscribers'  checks must be made payable to St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank,
and  checks  received  by Sandler  O'Neill  will be  transmitted  by noon of the
following  business  day  directly  to the  segregated  deposit  account  at St.
Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank established to hold funds received as payment for
shares.

         Appropriate  means by which account  withdrawals  may be authorized are
provided on the order form. Once a withdrawal has been  authorized,  none of the
designated  withdrawal  amount may be used by a subscriber for any purpose other
than to purchase the common stock for which a  subscription  has been made until
the  offering  has  been  completed  or  terminated.  In the  case  of  payments
authorized  to be made  through  withdrawal  from  savings  accounts,  all  sums
authorized  for  withdrawal  will continue to earn interest at the contract rate
until the offering has been  completed or  terminated.  Interest  penalties  for
early  withdrawal   applicable  to  certificate   accounts  will  not  apply  to
withdrawals  authorized  for the  purchase  of  shares,  however,  if a  partial
withdrawal  results  in a  certificate  account  with a  balance  less  than the
applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the
time of  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the  remaining  balance  will  earn
interest at the regular savings  account rate  subsequent to the withdrawal.  In
the case of  payments  made in cash or by check or money  order,  funds  will be
placed in a segregated account and interest will be paid by St. Edmond's Federal
Savings  Bank at the  regular  savings  account  rate from the date  payment  is
received until the offering is completed or terminated.  An executed order form,
once we receive  it, may not be  modified,  amended,  or  rescinded  without our
consent,  unless  the  offering  is not  completed  within  45  days  after  the
conclusion of the subscription offering, in which event subscribers may be given
the  opportunity  to increase,  decrease,  or rescind their  subscription  for a
specified  period of time. If the offering is not completed for any reason,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offerings  will be  promptly  refunded  with
interest as described above.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs may use the  assets  of  their  IRAs to
purchase  shares of common stock in the offerings,  provided that their IRAs are
not maintained on deposit at St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank.  Persons with
IRAs  maintained at St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank must have their accounts
transferred  to an  unaffiliated  institution  or broker to  purchase  shares of
common stock in the

                                       81





offerings.  There is no early  withdrawal  or IRS interest  penalties  for these
transfers.  Instructions on how to transfer self-directed IRAs maintained at St.
Edmond's Federal Savings Bank can be obtained from the stock information center.
Depositors  interested in using funds in a St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank IRA
to purchase common stock should contact the stock information  center as soon as
possible so that the  necessary  forms may be  forwarded,  executed and returned
prior to the expiration date.

         Federal  regulations  prohibit St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank from
lending funds or extending  credit to any person to purchase the common stock in
the conversion.

         Conversion  Center.  The  conversion  center is located at 1901-03 East
Passyunk  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19148. Its phone number is (215)
___-____.

         Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Certificates representing common stock
issued in the  offering  will be mailed to the persons  entitled  thereto at the
address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable  following completion of
the offering.  Any  certificates  returned as  undeliverable  will be held until
claimed  by  persons  legally  entitled  thereto  or  otherwise  disposed  of in
accordance  with  applicable  law. Until  certificates  for the common stock are
available and delivered to subscribers,  subscribers may not be able to sell the
shares of stock for which they subscribed.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally, during the first year following the conversion, SE Financial
Corp.  may  not   repurchase  its  shares  unless  it  can  show   extraordinary
circumstances.  If extraordinary  circumstances  exist and if SE Financial Corp.
can show a compelling and valid business purpose for the repurchase,  the Office
of Thrift  Supervision  may approve  repurchases of up to 5% of the  outstanding
stock during the first year after conversion. After the first year following the
conversion,  we can  repurchase  any  amount of stock so long as the  repurchase
would not cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, Securities and
Exchange  Commission  rules also govern the method,  time,  price, and number of
shares of  common  stock  that may be  repurchased  by SE  Financial  Corp.  and
affiliated  purchasers.  If, in the future, the rules and regulations  regarding
the  repurchase of stock are  liberalized,  SE Financial  Corp.  may utilize the
rules and regulations then in effect.

Stock Pricing and the Number of Shares to be Offered

         FinPro, which is experienced in the valuation and appraisal of business
entities,  including  savings  institutions,  has been  retained  to  prepare an
appraisal  of the  estimated  pro forma  market  value of the common  stock (the
"Independent Valuation").  This independent valuation will express our pro forma
market  value  in terms of an  aggregate  dollar  amount.  The  appraisal  is an
independent  appraisal  reviewed  but not  approved  by the Board of  Directors.
FinPro will receive fees of $14,000 for its  appraisal  services,  including the
final appraisal,  and assistance in preparation of our business plan, and $6,500
for any appraisal  updates,  plus  reimbursement  for  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred in  connection  with the  independent  valuation and business
plan. St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank has agreed to indemnify  FinPro under
certain  circumstances  against liabilities and expenses arising out of or based
on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact  contained in the
information  supplied by St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank to FinPro,  except
where  FinPro is  determined  to have been  negligent  or failed to exercise due
diligence in the preparation of the independent valuation.

         The number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering will
be based on the  estimated  pro forma  market  value of the common stock and the
purchase price of $10.00 per share.

                                       82





FinPro has determined  that as of January 20, 2004, our estimated  aggregate pro
forma market value was $17,500,000.  Pursuant to regulations, this estimate must
be  included  within a range  with a minimum  of  $14,875,000  and a maximum  of
$20,125,000.  We have determined to offer shares of common stock in the offering
at a price of $10.00 per share.  The appraisal  contains an analysis of a number
of factors,  including  but not limited to the Bank's  financial  condition  and
results of operations as of October 31, 2003, the Bank's operating  trends,  the
competitive  environment  in which it  operates,  operating  trends  of  certain
savings  institutions and savings and loan holding companies,  relevant economic
conditions both  nationally and in  Pennsylvania  which affect the operations of
savings  institutions,  stock market values of certain  institutions,  and stock
market conditions for publicly traded savings  institutions and savings and loan
holding companies.  In addition,  FinPro considered the effect of the additional
capital raised by the sale of the common stock on the estimated pro forma market
value.

         We are offering a maximum of 2,012,500 shares in the offering,  subject
to  adjustment.  The actual  number of shares to be sold in the  offering may be
increased or decreased  before  completion of the offering,  subject to approval
and  conditions  that may be  imposed by the  Office of Thrift  Supervision,  to
reflect any change in our estimated pro forma market value.

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the offering,  St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank may increase or
decrease the number of shares to be issued in the  conversion  and offering.  No
resolicitation  of purchasers  will be made and purchasers will not be permitted
to modify or cancel  their  purchase  orders  unless the change in the number of
shares to be issued in the offering  results in fewer than  1,487,500  shares or
more than  2,314,375  shares being sold in the offering at the purchase price of
$10.00,  in which  event St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank may also elect to
terminate the offering.  If St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank  terminates the
offering,  purchasers  will receive a prompt  refund of their  purchase  orders,
together  with interest  earned  thereon from the date of receipt to the date of
termination of the offering.  Furthermore, any account withdrawal authorizations
will be terminated.  If we receive orders for less than 1,487,500 shares, at the
discretion  of the Board of  Directors  and subject to approval of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision,  we  may  establish  a new  offering  range  and  resolicit
purchasers.  If we  resolicit,  purchasers  will be  allowed to modify or cancel
their purchase orders. Any adjustments in our pro forma market value as a result
of market and financial conditions or a resolicitation of prospective purchasers
must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         The independent valuation will be updated at the time of the completion
of the offering,  and the number of shares to be issued may increase or decrease
to reflect the changes in market conditions, the results of the offering, or the
estimated pro forma market value of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank. If the
updated  independent  valuation  increases,  SE Financial Corp. may increase the
number of shares sold in the  offering to up to  2,314,375  shares.  Subscribers
will not be given the opportunity to change or withdraw their orders unless more
than 2,314,375  shares or fewer than 1,487,500  shares are sold in the offering.
Any adjustment of shares of common stock sold will have a  corresponding  effect
on the estimated  net proceeds of the offering and the pro forma  capitalization
and per share data of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank.  An increase in the
total  number  of  shares  to be  issued  in the  conversion  would  decrease  a
subscriber's  percentage ownership interest and pro forma net worth (book value)
per share and increase the pro forma net income and net worth (book value) on an
aggregate  basis.  In the event of a reduction  in the  valuation,  SE Financial
Corp.  may  decrease  the number of shares to be issued to reflect  the  reduced
valuation.  A decrease  in the  number of shares to be issued in the  conversion
would increase a subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest and the pro forma
net worth (book  value) per share and  decrease the pro forma net income and net
worth on an aggregate  basis.  For a presentation of the possible  effects of an
increase or decrease in the number of shares to be issued, see Pro Forma Data.

                                       83





         The independent  valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,
as a recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing the common
stock. In preparing the independent valuation,  FinPro has relied on and assumed
the accuracy and completeness of financial and statistical  information provided
by St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank.  FinPro did not  independently  verify the
consolidated financial statements and other information provided by St. Edmond's
Federal  Savings  Bank,  nor did  FinPro  value  independently  the  assets  and
liabilities of St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank. The  independent  valuation
considers St.  Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank only as a going concern and should
not be  considered  as a indication  of the  liquidation  value of St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank.  Moreover,  because the independent  valuation is based on
estimates and  projections  on a number of matters,  all of which are subject to
change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons  purchasing the
common  stock will be able to sell their  shares at a price  equal to or greater
than the purchase  price.  In  addition,  the Board of Directors of SE Financial
Corp. does not make any  recommendation as to whether or not the stock will be a
good investment for you.

         No sale of shares  of  common  stock  may be  completed  unless  FinPro
confirms  that, to the best of its knowledge,  nothing of a material  nature has
occurred that, taking into account all relevant  factors,  would cause FinPro to
conclude that the independent valuation is incompatible with its estimate of our
pro forma market value at the conclusion of the offering.  Any change that would
result in an aggregate value that is below 14,875,000 or above $23,143,750 would
be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval. If confirmation from FinPro
is not  received,  St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank may extend the offering,
reopen  or  commence  a  new  offering,  request  a new  Independent  Valuation,
establish a new offering range and commence a  resolicitation  of all purchasers
with the approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  or take other action as
permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the offering.

Plan of Distribution/Marketing Arrangements

         Offering  materials have been initially  distributed to certain persons
by mail, with additional copies made available through our conversion center and
Sandler O'Neill. All prospective  purchasers are to send payment directly to St.
Edmond's  Federal  Savings  Bank,  where  such  funds will be held in a separate
escrow  account  earning  interest at the regular  savings  account rate and not
released until the offering is completed or terminated.

         We have engaged Sandler  O'Neill,  a broker-dealer  registered with the
NASD, as a financial and  marketing  advisor in connection  with the offering of
our common  stock.  In its role as  financial  and  marketing  advisor,  Sandler
O'Neill  will assist us in the  offering as follows:  (i)  consulting  as to the
securities  marketing  implications  of any aspect of the plan of  conversion or
related  corporate  documents;  (ii)  reviewing  with our Board of Directors the
financial  implications of the independent  appraiser's  appraisal of the common
stock; (iii) reviewing all offering documents,  including the prospectus,  stock
order  forms  and  related  offering  materials  (we  are  responsible  for  the
preparation  and filing of such  documents);  (iv)  assisting  in the design and
implementation  of a marketing  strategy for the  offering;  (v) assisting us in
preparing for meetings with  potential  investors and  broker-dealers;  and (vi)
providing  such other  general  advice and  assistance  regarding  financial and
marketing  aspects of the conversion.  For these services,  Sandler O'Neill will
receive a fee of 1% of the total  amount of stock sold in the  subscription  and
direct  community  offerings if the conversion is  consummated.  We have made an
advance payment of $25,000 to Sandler O'Neill.

         To the extent any shares of the common stock remain available after the
subscription and direct community offering, Sandler O'Neill, at our request, may
seek to form a syndicate of registered

                                       84





broker-dealers  to assist in the solicitation of orders of the common stock in a
syndicated  community  offering,  subject to the terms and  conditions to be set
forth in a selected  dealer's  agreement.  Sandler O'Neill has agreed to use its
best efforts to assist us with the solicitation of subscriptions  and orders for
shares of our common stock in the syndicated community offering. Sandler O'Neill
is not  obligated  to take or  purchase  any shares of our  common  stock in the
offering. Sandler O'Neill has expressed no opinion as to the prices at which the
common stock may trade nor has Sandler  O'Neill  provided any written  report or
opinion to us as to the  fairness of the  conversion.  If there is a  syndicated
community  offering,  the total fees  payable to Sandler  O'Neill and other NASD
member firms in the  syndicated  community  offering  shall not exceed 7% of the
aggregate  dollar  amount of the common stock sold in the  syndicated  community
offering.

         In addition, we have engaged Sandler O'Neill to act as conversion agent
in  connection  with the  offering.  In its role as  conversion  agent,  Sandler
O'Neill will assist us in the offering as follows: (i) consolidation of accounts
and  development  of a central file;  (ii)  preparation  of proxy,  order and/or
request forms; (iii) organization and supervision of the conversion center; (iv)
proxy solicitation and special meeting services;  and (v) subscription services.
For  these  services,  Sandler  O'Neill  will  receive  a  fee  of  $10,000  and
reimbursement for its reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses. For these services, we
have made an advance payment of $5,000 to Sandler O'Neill.

         We also will reimburse Sandler O'Neill for its reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses  associated  with its  marketing  effort,  up to a maximum  of  $50,000
(including legal fees and expenses).  If the plan of conversion is terminated or
if Sandler  O'Neill  terminates  its agreement  with us in  accordance  with the
provisions of the agreement,  Sandler O'Neill will only receive reimbursement of
its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Sandler O'Neill against
liabilities  and expenses  (including  legal fees)  incurred in connection  with
certain claims or litigation  arising out of or based upon untrue  statements or
omissions  contained in the offering  material for the common  stock,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

         Our  directors  and  executive  officers  will not  participate  in the
solicitation  of offers to purchase  common stock.  Other trained  employees may
participate in the offering in ministerial  capacities,  providing clerical work
in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature.
Other  questions  of  prospective  purchasers  will be  directed  to  registered
representatives of Sandler O'Neill.  No officer,  director,  or employee will be
compensated  for his  participation  by the  payment  of  commissions  or  other
remuneration  based either  directly or  indirectly on the  transactions  in the
common stock.

         The  offering  will  comply  with  the   requirements   of  Rule  10b-9
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Restrictions on Transferability by Directors and Officers

         Shares of the common  stock  purchased  by  directors or officers of SE
Financial Corp. cannot be sold for a period of one year following  completion of
the  conversion,  except  for a  disposition  of  shares  after  the  death of a
stockholder.  To ensure this  restriction is upheld,  shares of the common stock
issued to directors and officers will bear a legend  restricting their sale. Any
shares issued to directors  and officers as a stock  dividend,  stock split,  or
otherwise  with  respect  to  restricted  stock  will  be  subject  to the  same
restriction.

         For a period of three years  following the  conversion,  no director or
officer  of SE  Financial  Corp.  or their  associates  may,  without  the prior
approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, purchase our

                                       85





common stock except from a broker or dealer  registered  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.  This prohibition does not apply to negotiated transactions
including  more than 1% of our common stock or purchases  made for tax qualified
or non-tax  qualified  employee stock benefit plans which may be attributable to
individual officers or directors.

Restrictions on Agreements or Understandings  Regarding Transfer of Common Stock
to be Purchased in the Offering

         Before the completion of the conversion and offering,  no depositor may
transfer  or  enter  into  an  agreement  or   understanding   to  transfer  any
subscription rights or the legal or beneficial ownership of the shares of common
stock to be purchased in the offering.  Depositors who submit an order form will
be required to certify  that their  purchase of common stock is solely for their
own account and there is no agreement  or  understanding  regarding  the sale or
transfer of their  shares.  We intend to pursue any and all legal and  equitable
remedies after we become aware of any agreement or  understanding,  and will not
honor orders we  reasonably  believe to involve an  agreement  or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of shares.

                RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF SE FINANCIAL CORP.

General

         The principal federal  regulatory  restrictions that affect the ability
of any  person,  firm or entity to  acquire SE  Financial  Corp.,  St.  Edmond's
Federal Savings Bank or their respective capital stock are described below. Also
discussed  are  certain   provisions  in  SE  Financial   Corp.'s   articles  of
incorporation  and bylaws which may be deemed to affect the ability of a person,
firm or entity to acquire SE Financial Corp.

Statutory and Regulatory Restrictions on Acquisition

         The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly
or  indirectly  or  through or in concert  with one or more other  persons,  may
acquire control of a savings institution unless the Office of Thrift Supervision
has been given 60 days prior written notice.  The Home Owners' Loan Act provides
that no company may acquire "control" of a savings institution without the prior
approval of the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Any company that  acquires  such
control  becomes a savings and loan  holding  company  subject to  registration,
examination  and  regulation  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Pursuant to
federal regulations,  control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to
have been acquired by, among other things,  the  acquisition of more than 25% of
any class of voting  stock of the  institution  or the  ability to  control  the
election of a majority of the directors of an institution.  Moreover, control is
presumed to have been  acquired,  subject to rebuttal,  upon the  acquisition of
more than 10% of any class of voting stock,  or of more than 25% of any class of
stock of a savings  institution,  where certain enumerated "control factors" are
also present in the acquisition.

         The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control
if:

o    it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

o    the  financial  condition  of the  acquiring  person might  jeopardize  the
     financial stability of the institution; or


                                       86





o        the  competence,  experience  or  integrity  of  the  acquiring  person
         indicates  that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or of
         the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

         These  restrictions  do not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of a  savings
institution's capital stock by one or more tax-qualified  employee stock benefit
plans, provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25%
of any class of equity security of the savings institution.

         For a period of three years  following  completion  of the  conversion,
Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  generally  prohibit  any person from
acquiring or making an offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of
the stock of SE Financial  Corp. or St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank without
Office of Thrift Supervision approval.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of SE Financial Corp.

         The  following  discussion  is a summary of certain  provisions  of the
articles  of  incorporation  and bylaws of SE  Financial  Corp.  that  relate to
corporate  governance.  The description is necessarily  general and qualified by
reference  to the  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  refers  to the
newly-formed Pennsylvania incorporated company.

         Classified  Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors of SE Financial
Corp.  is required  by the  articles of  incorporation  to be divided  into four
staggered  classes  which  are as equal  in size as is  possible.  One  class is
required to be elected  annually for four-year terms, and classes are elected in
series. A classified board promotes continuity and stability of management of SE
Financial  Corp.,  but  makes it more  difficult  for  stockholders  to change a
majority  of the  directors  because  it  generally  takes at least  two  annual
elections of directors for this to occur.

         Director Qualification  Provisions. SE Financial Corp.'s bylaws provide
several qualification provisions applicable to members of its Board of Directors
that serve to ensure the loyalty and  professional  integrity of each individual
director.  In  particular,  the bylaws  provide that each director  must, at all
times,  reside within 50 miles of the home office or branch  office  location of
the Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  St. Edmond's  Federal Savings Bank. In
addition, the bylaws provide that each director be a shareholder of SE Financial
Corp. and, at all times, hold a minimum of 500 shares of its stock.

         SE  Financial  Corp.'s  bylaws also  prohibit  persons  from serving as
director if that  individual  is currently  serving as a management  official of
another depository institution or depository holding company, as those terms are
defined by the  regulations  of the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  Further,  to
ensure the integrity and good character of SE Financial Corp.'s  directors,  the
bylaws  prohibit  a  person  from  serving  as a  director  if he:  (1) is under
indictment  for, or has ever been  convicted of, a criminal  offense,  involving
dishonesty  or  breach  of  trust  and the  penalty  for such  offense  could be
imprisonment  for more than one year;  (2) is a person against whom a federal or
state bank regulatory agency has, within the past ten years,  issued a cease and
desist order for conduct involving  dishonesty or breach of trust and that order
is final and not subject to appeal;  (3) has been found either by any federal or
state regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal, or by
a court to have (a) committed a wilful  violation of any law, rule or regulation
governing banking, securities,  commodities or insurance, or any final cease and
desist  order  issued  by  a  banking,  securities,   commodities  or  insurance
regulatory  agency; or (b) breached a fiduciary duty involving  personal profit;
or (4) has been nominated by a person who would be disqualified  from serving as
a director under (1), (2) or (3).


                                       87





         In addition to discouraging a takeover  attempt which a majority of our
public stockholders might determine to be in their best interest or in which our
stockholders  might  receive a premium over the current  market prices for their
shares,  the effect of these provisions may render the removal of our management
more difficult.

         Authorized but Unissued  Shares of Capital  Stock.  Following the stock
offering,  SE  Financial  Corp.  will have  authorized  but  unissued  shares of
preferred stock and common stock.  See Description of Capital Stock on page ___.
These shares  could be used by the Board of Directors to make it more  difficult
or to discourage an attempt to obtain  control of SE Financial  Corp.  through a
merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

         Special  Meetings of  Stockholders.  SE Financial  Corp.'s  articles of
incorporation  provide that special  meetings of stockholders may be called only
by SE  Financial  Corp.'s  President  or by its  Board of  Directors,  except as
provided by Pennsylvania law.

         Prohibition  on Cumulative  Voting.  SE Financial  Corp.'s  articles of
incorporation  provide that there will not be cumulative  voting by stockholders
for the election of SE Financial Corp.'s directors.  This could prevent minority
stockholder representation on SE Financial Corp.'s Board of Directors.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of  Shares  and Vote  Sterilization.  SE
Financial  Corp.'s articles of  incorporation  provide that for a period of five
years  from the date of  completion  of the  conversion,  no person may offer to
acquire or acquire  the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of
equity security of SE Financial  Corp. In addition,  following the expiration of
the five year  prohibition on  acquisition of shares,  all shares owned over the
10% limit may not be voted in any matter  submitted to stockholders  for a vote.
This vote sterilization provision does not have an expiration date.

         Procedures for  Stockholder  Nominations.  SE Financial  Corp.'s bylaws
provide that any  stockholder  wanting to make a nomination  for the election of
directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders  must send
written  notice to the  Secretary of SE Financial  Corp. at least 60 days before
the  anniversary  date of the prior year's annual  meeting.  The bylaws  further
provide that the Board of Directors may reject any  nominations or proposals for
new business that do not follow the prescribed  procedures.  Management believes
that it is in the best interests of SE Financial  Corp. and its  stockholders to
provide enough time for management to disclose to stockholders information about
a dissident slate of nominations for directors.  This advance notice requirement
may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat
any  dissident  slate of  nominations  if  management  thinks  it is in the best
interest  of  stockholders  generally.  Similarly,  adequate  advance  notice of
stockholder  proposals will give  management time to study such proposals and to
determine  whether to  recommend  to the  stockholders  that such  proposals  be
adopted.

         Procedures  for Business  Combinations.  Our articles of  incorporation
prohibit any merger,  consolidation,  sale, liquidation, or dissolution (each, a
business  combination) of SE Financial  Corp. with any "interested  stockholder"
for a  period  of  five  years  following  the  interested  stockholder's  stock
acquisition  date unless the  business  combination  is approved by a two-thirds
vote of the Board prior to the stock acquisition date. An interested stockholder
is any person who, directly or indirectly,  has the right to vote or to sell 10%
or more of the  outstanding  shares.  Affiliates and associates of an interested
shareholder are also considered to be interested shareholders.

         In addition, our articles of incorporation require that at least one of
the  following  conditions  be met to engage in a business  combination  with an
interested stockholder: (i) approval by a vote of

                                       88





two-thirds of the Board prior to the interested  stockholder's stock acquisition
date and thereafter  approved by stockholders;  (ii) approval by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting shares not beneficially  owned
by that  interested  stockholder at a meeting called for such purpose;  or (iii)
satisfaction of certain minimum price  conditions,  as set forth in our articles
of incorporation.

         In addition to the interested shareholder restrictions, our articles of
incorporation  also  require  the  affirmative  vote  of at  least  80%  of  the
outstanding  shares in order  for us to enter  into any  merger,  consolidation,
sale,  liquidation,  or dissolution of us, unless the transaction is approved by
two-thirds of our Board of Directors.

         Amendment to Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  Amendments to our
articles of incorporation must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by
the holders of a majority of the shares.  Approval by at least 80% of the shares
is  required to amend  provisions  relating to  preemptive  rights;  stockholder
meetings;  cumulative voting;  proxies;  stockholder  proposals and nominations;
directors;  removal of directors;  restrictions on the acquisition and voting of
more than 10% of the  common  stock;  approval  of  business  combinations  with
interested stockholders; directors' and officers' liability; and indemnification
of officers  and  directors;  amendment  of the  bylaws;  and  amendment  of the
articles of incorporation.

         Our  bylaws  may be  amended  by a  two-thirds  vote  of our  Board  of
Directors or by the holders of at least 80% of the shares.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         SE Financial  Corp. is authorized to issue  8,000,000  shares of common
stock, par value $0.10 per share and 2,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock,
no par value.  Upon payment of the purchase  price shares of common stock issued
in the  offering  will be fully  paid and  non-assessable.  Each share of common
stock  will have the same  relative  rights  as,  and will be  identical  in all
respects with, each other share of common stock. The common stock will represent
non-withdrawable  capital, will not be an account of insurable type and will not
be  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  any  other
governmental  agency. The Board of Directors can, without stockholder  approval,
issue additional shares of common stock.

Common Stock

         Distributions.  SE Financial  Corp.  can pay  dividends if, as and when
declared by its Board of Directors,  subject to compliance with limitations that
are imposed by law. See Dividend  Policy on page __. The holders of common stock
of SE  Financial  Corp.  will be entitled  to receive and share  equally in such
dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors of SE Financial Corp. out
of funds legally  available  therefor.  If SE Financial Corp.  issues  preferred
stock,  the holders  thereof may have a priority  over the holders of the common
stock with respect to dividends.

         Voting  Rights.  The  holders of common  stock will  possess  exclusive
voting rights in SE Financial Corp. The holder of shares of common stock will be
entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters  subject to  stockholder
vote and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

         Liquidation  Rights. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding-up  of SE Financial  Corp.,  the holders of the common  stock  generally
would be entitled to receive, after payment of all debts

                                       89





and  liabilities of SE Financial  Corp.  (including all debts and liabilities of
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank and distribution of the balance in the special
liquidation  account of St. Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank to eligible  account
holders and supplemental  eligible account holders),  all assets of SE Financial
Corp.  available for  distribution.  If preferred  stock is issued,  the holders
thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of
liquidation or dissolution.

         Preemptive Rights; Redemption.  Because the holders of the common stock
do not have any preemptive  rights with respect to any shares SE Financial Corp.
may  issue,  the  Board of  Directors  may sell  shares of  capital  stock of SE
Financial Corp. without first offering such shares to existing stockholders. The
common stock will not be subject to any redemption provisions.

Preferred Stock

         We are authorized to issue up to 2,000,000  shares of serial  preferred
stock and to fix and state voting powers,  designations,  preferences,  or other
special  rights of  preferred  stock  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  of those  shares as the Board of  Directors  may  determine in its
discretion.  Preferred stock may be issued in distinctly  designated series, may
be  convertible  into common  stock and may rank prior to the common stock as to
dividend rights, liquidation preferences,  or both, and may have full or limited
voting rights. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting
and other rights of holders of common stock.

         The  authorized  but  unissued   shares  of  preferred  stock  and  the
authorized but unissued and unreserved  shares of common stock will be available
for issuance in future mergers or  acquisitions,  in future public  offerings or
private  placements.  Except as otherwise required to approve the transaction in
which the additional  authorized  shares of preferred stock would be issued,  no
stockholder  approval  generally  would be  required  for the  issuance of these
shares.

                             LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

         The  legality  of the  issuance of the common  stock being  offered and
certain  matters  relating to the conversion and federal and state taxation will
be passed upon for us by Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC,  Washington,  D.C.  Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler  O'Neill & Partners,  L.P. by Luse
Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  financial  statements of St. Edmond's Federal Savings
Bank at  October  31,  2003 and  2002 and for each of the  years in the two year
period ended October 31, 2003 have been included in this  prospectus in reliance
upon the  report  of S.R.  Snodgrass,  A.C.,  Wexford,  Pennsylvania,  appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus,  and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

         FinPro,  Inc. has  consented to the  publication  in this document of a
summary of its letter to St.  Edmond's  Federal  Savings Bank setting  forth its
conclusion  as to the  estimated pro forma market value of the Bank and has also
consented to the use of its name and statements  with respect to it appearing in
this document.



                                       90





                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

         Our common stock will be  registered  pursuant to Section  12(g) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act").  We will be
subject to the information,  proxy solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions,
tender offer rules,  periodic reporting and other requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. We may not deregister the common
stock under the Exchange Act for a period of at least three years  following the
conversion.

                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         We are subject to the  informational  requirements  of the Exchange Act
and must file reports and other  information  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.

         We  have  filed  with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  a
registration  statement  on Form  SB-2  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, with respect to the common stock offered in this document. As permitted
by the rules and  regulations of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  this
document  does not contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  This  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference  facilities of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  located at 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and copies of the  registration
materials  can be  obtained  from the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  at
prescribed  rates.  You may obtain  information  on the  operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission
also maintains an internet address ("Web site") that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants, including SE
Financial  Corp.,  that file  electronically  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.   The  address  for  this  Web  site  is  "http://www.sec.gov."  The
statements  contained  in this  document as to the  contents of any  contract or
other  document  filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 are, of  necessity,  brief
descriptions,  and each  statement  is  qualified  by  reference to the complete
contract or document.

         The Bank has filed an  application  for  conversion  with the Office of
Thrift Supervision.  This prospectus omits certain information contained in that
application.  That  information  can be  examined  without  charge at the public
reference  facilities  of the  Office of Thrift  Supervision  located  at 1700 G
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552.



                                       91





                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK



Independent Auditor's Report                                             F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheet                                               F-2

Consolidated Statement of Income                                         F-3

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Retained Earnings                   F-4

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows                                     F-5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                           F-6



         Other  schedules  are  omitted  as  they  are not  required  or are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  consolidated  financial
statements or related notes.

         Separate  financial  statements  for SE Financial  Corp.  have not been
included in this  prospectus  because SE Financial  Corp.,  which has engaged in
only organizational activities to date, has no significant assets, contingent or
other liabilities, revenues, expenses or earnings per share.

                                       92




                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                         ------------------------------



Board of Directors
St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings Bank and  Subsidiary  as of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  changes in retained earnings,  and
cash  flows  for the  years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility  of the Bank's  management.  Our  responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the  United  States of  America.  Those  standards  require  that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management  as well as  evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position of St.  Edmond's
Federal  Savings Bank and  Subsidiary  as of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  and the
results  of their  operations  and their  cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.


/s/ S.R. Snodgrass, A.C.


Wexford, PA
December 12, 2003


                                      F-1


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



                                                                       October 31,
                                                                    2003            2002
                                                               ------------    ------------
                                                                       
ASSETS
     Cash and due from banks                                   $    675,001    $  4,343,329
     Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions            5,628,890       2,957,378
                                                               ------------    ------------

         Cash and cash equivalents                                6,303,891       7,300,707

     Certificates of deposit in other financial institutions        183,483         178,744
     Investment securities available for sale                    27,337,238      23,491,988
     Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses
        of $262,561 and $266,700)                                50,729,660      51,689,179
     Accrued interest receivable                                    482,538         495,369
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                   735,000         642,100
     Real estate owned                                               38,881          25,000
     Premises and equipment, net                                  1,148,993       1,124,397
     Other assets                                                   407,622         313,669
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL ASSETS                                      $ 87,367,306    $ 85,261,153
                                                               ============    ============

LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS
     Deposits                                                  $ 72,272,834    $ 70,015,110
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                            6,637,204       6,694,342
     Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance                  477,386         565,950
     Accrued interest payable                                        49,703          74,126
     Other liabilities                                              258,521         524,734
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES                                   79,695,648      77,874,262
                                                               ------------    ------------

     Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

     Retained earnings - substantially restricted                 7,755,558       7,199,733
     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                  (83,900)        187,158
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL RETAINED EARNINGS                              7,671,658       7,386,891
                                                               ------------    ------------

             TOTAL LIABILITIES AND RETAINED EARNINGS           $ 87,367,306    $ 85,261,153
                                                               ============    ============


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-2


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME


                                                         Year Ended October 31,
                                                           2003          2002
                                                        -----------  -----------
                                                              
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
     Loans receivable                                   $ 3,934,009  $ 4,649,646
     Investment securities:
       Taxable                                            1,034,380    1,075,990
       Exempt from federal income tax                        76,690       18,502
     Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions       57,321       67,672
     Other dividend income                                   17,589       25,678
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total interest and dividend income           5,119,989    5,837,488
                                                        -----------  -----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
     Deposits                                             2,227,809    2,705,330
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                      221,872      294,229
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total interest expense                       2,449,681    2,999,559
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                       2,670,308    2,837,929
Provision for loan losses                                    33,000       25,000
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION
     FOR LOAN LOSSES                                      2,637,308    2,812,929
                                                        -----------  -----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
     Service fees on deposit accounts                       319,052      302,872
     Other                                                   66,780       62,479
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total noninterest income                       385,832      365,351
                                                        -----------  -----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
     Compensation and employee benefits                   1,094,923    1,164,884
     Occupancy and equipment                                271,647      387,215
     Real estate operations, net                             15,377      (59,119)
     Federal deposit insurance premiums                      44,859       74,234
     Data processing expense                                296,342      289,646
     Professional fees                                       96,465       76,934
     Other                                                  357,717      351,703
                                                        -----------  -----------
             Total noninterest expense                    2,177,330    2,285,497
                                                        -----------  -----------

Income before income taxes                                  845,810      892,783
Income taxes                                                289,985      363,999
                                                        -----------  -----------

NET INCOME                                              $   555,825  $   528,784
                                                        ===========  ===========


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS



                                              Retained          Accumulated
                                             Earnings -            Other              Total
                                            Substantially       Comprehensive        Retained           Comprehensive
                                             Restricted        Income (Loss)         Earnings             Income
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   -----------------

                                                                                      
Balance, October 31, 2001                 $   6,670,949       $     185,310      $  6,856,259


Net income                                      528,784                               528,784        $      528,784
Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized gain on available
      for sale securities
      net of taxes of $1,267                                          1,848             1,848                 1,848
                                                                                                     -----------------
Comprehensive income                                                                                 $      530,632
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   =================

Balance, October 31, 2002                     7,199,733             187,158         7,386,891


Net income                                       55,825                               555,825        $      555,825
Other comprehensive income:
    Unrealized loss on available
      for sale securities
      net of tax benefit of $163,887                               (271,058)         (271,058)             (271,058)
                                                                                                     -----------------
Comprehensive income                                                                                 $      284,767
                                          ------------------  -----------------  -----------------   =================

Balance, October 31, 2003                 $   7,755,558        $    (83,900)     $  7,671,658
                                          ==================  =================  =================


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4



                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS




                                                                               Year Ended October 31,
                                                                                2003            2002
                                                                            ------------    ------------
                                                                                    

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                             $    555,825    $    528,784
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
       by operating activities:
         Provision for loan losses                                                33,000          25,000
         Depreciation, amortization, and accretion                               167,784         172,683
         Deferred federal income taxes                                            77,339          25,571
         Decrease in accrued interest receivable                                  12,831          24,069
         Decrease in accrued interest payable                                    (24,423)        (43,296)
         Other, net                                                             (218,021)       (200,475)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by operating activities                           604,335         532,336
                                                                            ------------    ------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Investment securities available for sale:
         Proceeds from principal repayments and maturities                    15,076,499       8,751,548
         Purchases                                                           (19,541,205)    (15,372,142)
     Decrease in loans receivable, net                                           746,406       7,303,725
     Proceeds from sales of real estate acquired through
        foreclosure                                                              260,235         953,097
     Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                       (92,900)         58,700
     Purchase of premises and equipment                                         (162,208)        (46,393)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities             (3,713,173)      1,648,535
                                                                            ------------    ------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Increase in deposits, net                                                 2,257,724       1,098,726
     Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                              (57,138)     (1,151,020)
     Decrease in advances by borrowers
        for taxes and insurance, net                                             (88,564)       (152,038)
                                                                            ------------    ------------
             Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities              2,112,022        (204,332)
                                                                            ------------    ------------

             Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                   (996,816)      1,976,539

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                 7,300,707       5,324,168
                                                                            ------------    ------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                    $  6,303,891    $  7,300,707
                                                                            ============    ============

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
     Cash paid:
         Interest                                                           $  2,474,104    $  3,042,855
         Income taxes                                                            317,717         405,160
     Noncash transactions:
         Transfers from loans to real estate acquired through foreclosure        312,813         660,169



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5


                ST. EDMOND'S FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK AND SUBSIDIARY
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary  of  significant  accounting  and  reporting  policies  applied in the
presentation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation
- ----------------------------------------------

St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") is a federally-chartered  savings
bank located in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The Bank's  principal  sources of
revenue  emanate from its  investment  securities  portfolio,  its  portfolio of
residential real estate,  commercial, and consumer loans as well as a variety of
deposit  services  offered  to its  customers  through  two  offices  located in
Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania,  and Gloucester County, New Jersey. The Bank
is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Bank and its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  SE Investment Services Corp.  ("Services Corp."). All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consoli-dation. The investment
in subsidiary on the Bank's financial statements is carried at the Bank's equity
in the underlying net assets of the Services Corp.

The  accounting  principles  followed by the Bank and the Services Corp. and the
methods  of  applying  these  principles  conform  with  accounting   principles
generally  accepted  in the  United  States of America  and to general  practice
within the banking industry. In preparing the consolidated financial statements,
management  is  required  to make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the
reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  as of the  balance  sheet date and
related  revenues  and  expenses  for the period.  Actual  results  could differ
significantly from those estimates.

Investment Securities
- ---------------------

The  Bank  has  classified  investment  securities,   including  mortgage-backed
securities, as available for sale to serve principally as a source of liquidity.
Unrealized  holding  gains and  losses  for  securities  available  for sale are
reported  as a  separate  component  of  retained  earnings,  net of tax,  until
realized.  Realized  securities gains and losses are computed using the specific
identification  method.  Interest and  dividends on  investment  securities  are
recognized as income when earned.

Common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB")  represents  ownership in an
institution  that is wholly-owned by other financial  institutions.  This equity
security is accounted for at cost and classified  separately on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet.

Loans Receivable
- ----------------

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding less the allowance for loan
losses and net of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest on loans is
recognized as income when earned on the accrual method.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been  discontinued  are designated as
nonaccrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is generally discontinued when it
is  determined  that a  reasonable  doubt  exists  as to the  collectibility  of
principal, interest, or both. Loans are returned to accrual status when past due
interest is collected and the collection of principal is probable.

Loan  origination  fees and  certain  direct  loan  origination  costs are being
deferred and the net amount  amortized as an  adjustment  of the related  loan's
yield.  The Bank is amortizing  these amounts over the  contractual  life of the
related loans.

                                       F-6


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses
- -------------------------

The allowance for loan losses  represents the amount which management  estimates
is adequate to provide for probable losses  inherent in its loan portfolio.  The
allowance  method is used in providing  for loan losses.  Accordingly,  all loan
losses are charged to the allowance,  and all recoveries are credited to it. The
allowance is established through a provision which is charged to operations. The
provision is based on  management's  evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance
for loan losses  which  encompasses  the  overall  risk  characteristics  of the
various portfolio segments,  past experience with losses, the impact of economic
conditions on  borrowers,  and other  relevant  factors.  The estimates  used in
determining  the adequacy of the allowance,  including the amounts and timing of
future cash flows expected on impaired loans,  are  particularly  susceptible to
significant changes in the near term.

A commercial  real estate loan is  considered  impaired  when it is probable the
borrower will not repay the loan according to the original  contractual terms of
the loan  agreement.  Management  has  determined  that first  mortgage loans on
one-to-four  family  properties and all consumer loans represent large groups of
smaller-balance  homo-geneous loans that are to be collectively evaluated. Loans
that experience  insignificant  payment delays,  which are defined as 90 days or
less,  generally are not classified as impaired. A loan is not impaired during a
period of delay in  payment  if the Bank  expects to  collect  all  amounts  due
including  interest  accrued at the contractual  interest rate for the period of
delay.  All  loans  identified  as  impaired  are  evaluated   independently  by
management.  The Bank  estimates  credit  losses on impaired  loans based on the
present  value  of  expected  cash  flows or the  fair  value of the  underlying
collateral if the loan  repayment is expected to come from the sale or operation
of such collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when it
is determined  that a realized loss has occurred.  Until such time, an allowance
is maintained for estimated losses.  Cash receipts on impaired loans are applied
first to accrued  interest  receivable  unless  otherwise  required  by the loan
terms, except when an impaired loan is also a nonaccrual loan, in which case the
portion of the receipts related to interest is recognized as income.

Mortgage loans on one-to-four family properties and all consumer loans are large
groups of  smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans and are measured  for  impairment
collectively.  Loans that experience  insignificant  payment  delays,  which are
defined as 90 days or less, generally are not classified as impaired. Management
determines the  significance  of payment  delays on a case-by-case  basis taking
into  consideration  all of the  circumstances  surrounding  the  loan  and  the
borrower including the length of the delay, the borrower's prior payment record,
and the amount of shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Premises and Equipment
- ----------------------

Premises,  leasehold  improvements,  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
calculated using the  straight-line  method over the useful lives of the related
assets, which range from two to ten years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment
and 30 to 31.5 years for building premises. Leasehold improvements are amortized
over the  shorter of their  estimated  useful  lives or their  respective  lease
terms,  which range from three to five years.  Expenditures  for maintenance and
repairs are charged to  operations  as incurred.  Costs of major  additions  and
improvements are capitalized.

Real Estate Owned
- -----------------

Real estate owned  acquired in settlement of foreclosed  loans is carried at the
lower of cost or fair value minus estimated costs to sell.  Valuation allowances
for  estimated  losses are provided  when the carrying  value of the real estate
acquired exceeds fair value minus estimated costs to sell. Operating expenses of
such properties, net of related income, are expensed in the period incurred.

                                       F-7


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Federal Income Taxes
- --------------------

The Bank and subsidiary file a consolidated Federal income tax return.  Deferred
tax assets and liabilities  are reflected  based on the differences  between the
financial statement and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the
enacted marginal tax rates. Deferred income tax expense and benefit are based on
the changes in the deferred tax assets or liabilities from period to period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
- -------------------------

The Bank has defined  cash and cash  equivalents  as cash and due from banks and
interest-bearing  deposits with other institutions that have original maturities
of less than 90 days.

Comprehensive Income
- --------------------

The Bank is required to present  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a
full set of  general-purpose  financial  statements  for all periods  presented.
Other  comprehensive  income is comprised  exclusively of net unrealized holding
gains  (losses) on its  available-for-sale  securities  portfolio.  The Bank has
elected  to report  the  effects  of other  comprehensive  income as part of the
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Retained Earnings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
- --------------------------------

In August  2001,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("FAS") No. 143,  Accounting  for
Asset Retirement Obligations,  which requires that the fair value of a liability
be  recognized  when incurred for the  retirement of a long-lived  asset and the
value of the asset be increased by that amount. The statement also requires that
the  liability be  maintained  at its present  value in  subsequent  periods and
outlines  certain  disclosures  for  such  obligations.  The  adoption  of  this
statement,  which was effective November 1, 2002, did not have a material effect
on the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

In July 2002, the FASB issued FAS No. 146,  Accounting for Costs Associated with
Exit or  Disposal  Activities,  which  requires  companies  to  recognize  costs
associated  with exit or disposal  activities when they are incurred rather than
at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. This statement replaces
EITF Issue No. 94-3,  Liability  Recognition  for Certain  Employee  Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity  (Including  Certain Costs Incurred
in a  Restructuring).  The new  statement  is  effective  for  exit or  disposal
activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this statement did
not have a  material  effect on the  Bank's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.

On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued FAS No. 148,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation - Transition and Disclosure,  which amends FAS No. 123,  Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation.  FAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of
FAS No. 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial
statements about the effects of stock-based  compensation.  Under the provisions
of FAS No. 123,  companies that adopted the preferable,  fair value based method
were required to apply that method  prospectively  for new stock option  awards.
This  contributed to a "ramp-up" effect on stock-based  compensation  expense in
the first few years following  adoption,  which caused concern for companies and
investors  because of the lack of  consistency in reported  results.  To address
that concern,  FAS No. 148 provides two  additional  methods of transition  that
reflect  an  entity's  full  complement  of  stock-based   compensation  expense
immediately upon adoption,  thereby  eliminating the ramp-up effect. FAS No. 148
also  improves the clarity and  prominence  of  disclosures  about the pro forma
effects of using the fair  value  based  method of  accounting  for  stock-based
compensation for all companies -- regardless of the accounting method used -- by
requiring that the data be presented more prominently and in a

                                       F-8


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------

more  user-friendly  format in the  footnotes to the  financial  statements.  In
addition,  the  statement  improves  the  timeliness  of  those  disclosures  by
requiring  that  this  information  be  included  in  interim  as well as annual
financial  statements.  The transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions
of FAS No. 148 are  effective  for fiscal years ending after  December 15, 2002,
with  earlier  application  permitted  in  certain  circumstances.  The  interim
disclosure  provisions are effective for financial reports containing  financial
statements for interim  periods  beginning after December 15, 2002. The adoption
of this  statement  did not  have a  material  effect  on the  Bank's  financial
position or results of operations.

In April,  2003,  the FASB issued FAS No. 149,  Amendment  of  Statement  133 on
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities.  This  statement  amends  and
clarifies  accounting for derivative  instruments,  including certain derivative
instruments  embedded in other contracts,  and for hedging  activities under FAS
No. 133. The amendments set forth in FAS No. 149 improve financial  reporting by
requiring  that  contracts  with  comparable  characteristics  be accounted  for
similarly.  In particular,  this statement  clarifies under what circumstances a
contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative
as  discussed  in FAS No. 133.  In  addition,  it  clarifies  when a  derivative
contains a financing  component that warrants special reporting in the statement
of cash flows.  FAS No.149 amends certain other existing  pronouncements.  Those
changes  will  result  in  more  consistent  reporting  of  contracts  that  are
derivatives in their entirety or that contain embedded  derivatives that warrant
separate  accounting.  This statement is effective for contracts entered into or
modified  after  September  30,  2003,  except as stated  below and for  hedging
relationships  designated  after  September  30, 2003.  The  guidance  should be
applied  prospectively.  The provisions of this statement that relate to FAS No.
133  Implementation  Issues that have been  effective  for fiscal  quarters that
began prior to September 15, 2003,  should  continue to be applied in accordance
with their respective effective dates. In addition,  certain provisions relating
to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that
do not yet  exist,  should  be  applied  to  existing  contracts  as well as new
contracts  entered into after September 30, 2003. The adoption of this statement
did not have a material  effect on the Bank's  financial  position or results of
operations.

In May 2003,  the FASB issued FAS No.  150,  Accounting  for  Certain  Financial
Instruments with  Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This statement
establishes  standards  for  how  an  issuer  classifies  and  measures  certain
financial  instruments with  characteristics  of both liabilities and equity. It
requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope
as a liability (or an asset in some  circumstances).  Such  instruments may have
been previously  classified as equity. This statement is effective for financial
instruments  entered  into or modified  after May 31,  2003,  and  otherwise  is
effective at the beginning of the first interim period  beginning after June 15,
2003,  except for  mandatorily  redeemable  financial  instrument  of  nonpublic
entities.  These  financial  instrument  are subject to the  provisions  of this
Statement for the first fiscal period  beginning  after  December 15, 2003.  The
adoption of this statement has not and is not expected to have a material effect
on the Bank's reported equity.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's  Accounting
and Disclosure  requirements for Guarantees,  Including  Indirect  Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others. This interpretation  elaborates on the disclosures to be
made by a guarantor  in its interim and annual  financial  statements  about its
obligations  under certain  guarantees that it has issued.  This  interpretation
clarifies  that a  guarantor  is  required  to  disclose  (a) the  nature of the
guarantee,  including the approximate  term of the guarantee,  how the guarantee
arose,  and the events or  circumstances  that would  require the  guarantor  to
perform under the guarantee; (b) the maximum potential amount of future payments
under the guarantee;  (c) the carrying amount of the liability,  if any, for the
guarantor's  obligations  under the guarantee;  and (d) the nature and extent of
any recourse provisions or available  collateral that would enable the guarantor
to recover  the  amounts  paid under the  guarantee.  This  interpretation  also
clarifies  that a guarantor  is required to  recognize,  at the  inception  of a
guarantee,  a liability  for the  obligations  it has  undertaken in issuing the
guarantee,  including its ongoing  obligation to stand ready to perform over the
term of the  guarantee  in the event  that the  specified  triggering  events or
conditions occur. The objective of the initial measurement of

                                       F-9


1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)
- --------------------------------------------

that liability is the fair value of the guarantee at its inception.  The initial
recognition  and  initial  measurement  provisions  of this  interpretation  are
applicable  on a  prospective  basis to  guarantees  issued  or  modified  after
December  31,  2002,  irrespective  of  the  guarantor's  fiscal  year-end.  The
disclosure  requirements  in this  interpretation  are  effective  for financial
statements  of interim or annual  periods  ending after  December 15, 2002.  The
adoption  of this  interpretation  did not have a material  effect on the Bank's
financial position or results of operations.

In  January,  2003,  the FASB issued  Interpretation  No. 46,  Consolidation  of
Variable Interest Entities,  in an effort to expand upon and strengthen existing
accounting  guidance  that  addresses  when  a  company  should  include  in its
financial  statements the assets,  liabilities and activities of another entity.
The  objective  of this  interpretation  is not to restrict  the use of variable
interest entities but to improve financial  reporting by companies involved with
variable  interest  entities.  Until now,  one company  generally  has  included
another entity in its  consolidated  financial  statements only if it controlled
the  entity  through  voting  interests.  This  interpretation  changes  that by
requiring a variable  interest  entity to be  consolidated  by a company if that
company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable  interest
entity's  activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity's  residual
returns or both. The  consolidation  requirements of this  interpretation  apply
immediately to variable  interest  entities  created after January 31, 2003. The
consolidation  requirements  apply to older entities in the first fiscal year or
interim  period  beginning  after  June  15,  2003.  Certain  of the  disclosure
requirements  apply in all financial  statements  issued after January 31, 2003,
regardless of when the variable  interest  entity was  established.  In October,
2003, the FASB decided to defer to the fourth quarter from the third quarter the
implementation  date for  Interpretation  No. 46. This  deferral only applies to
variable  interest entities that existed prior to February 1, 2003. The adoption
of this  interpretation has not and is not expected to have a material effect on
the Bank's financial position or results of operations.

Reclassification of Comparative Amounts
- ---------------------------------------

Certain  items  previously  reported  have been  reclassified  to conform to the
current  year's  reporting  format.  Such  reclassifications  did not affect net
income or retained earnings.

2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     The  amortized  cost and estimated  market value of  investment  securities
     available for sale are summarized as follows:



                                                                            2003
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Gross               Gross            Estimated
                                            Amortized          Unrealized          Unrealized           Market
                                               Cost              Gains               Losses             Value
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------

                                                                                     
Mortgage-backed securities               $     10,841,467   $        121,714    $       (29,771)   $     10,933,410
U.S. Government
  agency securities                            13,721,409             40,534           (279,773)         13,482,170
Municipal securities                            2,728,283             32,596            (20,369)          2,740,510
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
          Total debt securities                27,291,159            194,844           (329,913)         27,156,090
Mutual funds                                      180,706                442                  -             181,148
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
          Total                          $     27,471,865   $        195,286    $      (329,913)   $     27,337,238
                                         =================  =================   =================  =================



                                      F-10


2.      INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)



                                                                            2002
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Gross               Gross            Estimated
                                            Amortized          Unrealized          Unrealized           Market
                                               Cost              Gains               Losses             Value
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------

                                                                                     
Mortgage-backed securities               $     17,324,424   $        235,835    $       (37,679)   $     17,522,580
U.S. Government
  agency securities                             4,694,769             85,635             (1,383)          4,779,021
Municipal securities                              978,905             37,991             (4,880)          1,012,016
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
          Total debt securities                22,998,098            359,461            (43,942)         23,313,617
Mutual funds                                      178,371                  -                  -             178,371
                                         -----------------  -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
          Total                          $     23,176,469   $        359,461    $       (43,942)   $     23,491,988
                                         =================  =================   =================  =================



The amortized cost and estimated  market value of debt securities at October 31,
2003, by  contractual  maturity,  are shown below.  Mortgaged-backed  securities
provide for periodic,  generally monthly, payments of principal and interest and
have  contractual  maturities  ranging  from  five  to  thirty  years.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because  borrowers may have
the right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or  prepayment
penalties.

                                                                  Estimated
                                               Amortized            Market
                                                  Cost              Value
                                            -----------------  -----------------

Due within one year                         $      9,004,443   $      8,832,416
Due after one year through five years              6,261,724          6,194,592
Due after five years through ten years             1,250,000          1,260,792
Due after ten years                               10,774,992         10,868,290
                                            -----------------  -----------------

          Total                             $     27,291,159   $     27,156,090
                                            =================  =================


Investment  securities  with  amortized  cost and  estimated  market  values  of
$6,639,705  and  $6,737,536 at October 31, 2003 and $7,812,955 and $7,957,073 at
October 31, 2002, were pledged to secure deposits and other purposes required by
law.

3.       LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable consist of the following:



                                                              2003               2002
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                                   
Mortgage loans:
     One-to-four family                                 $     36,149,150   $     37,809,477
     Multi-family                                                466,356          1,288,988
     Commercial                                                4,005,520          4,333,878
     Construction                                              1,416,030            150,701
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                              42,037,056         43,583,044

Home equity loans                                              8,409,279          7,793,997
Loans on savings accounts                                        473,141            425,452
Other                                                            151,234            343,029
                                                        -----------------  -----------------
                                                              51,070,710         52,145,522
Less:
     Net deferred loan fees and unamortized premiums              78,489            189,643
     Allowance for loan losses                                   262,561            266,700
                                                        -----------------  -----------------

          Total                                         $     50,729,660   $     51,689,179
                                                        =================  =================


                                      F-11


3.      LOANS RECEIVABLE (Continued)

Mortgage  loans  serviced  by the Bank for others  amounted  to  $5,886,718  and
$10,176,477 at October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Bank's primary business  activity is with customers located within its local
trade  area.   Commercial,   residential,   and  personal   loans  are  granted.
Approximately $10.9 million or 21.3 percent,  and $12.7 million or 24.6 percent,
of the loan portfolio at October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,  was comprised
of  non  owner-occupied  rental  property  loan  arrangements.   In  general,  a
substantial portion of the Bank's loan customers'  abilities to honor their loan
agreements is dependent upon the economic stability of the immediate trade area.

Activity in the  allowance  for loan  losses for the years  ended  October 31 is
summarized as follows:



                                                       2003               2002
                                                 -----------------  -----------------

                                                            
     Balance, beginning of period                $        266,700   $        424,453
     Add:
          Provision charged to operations                  33,000             25,000
          Loan recoveries                                  10,124             14,899
                                                 -----------------  -----------------
                                                          309,824            464,352
     Less:
          Charge-offs                                      47,263            197,652
                                                 -----------------  -----------------

     Balance, end of period                      $        262,561   $        266,700
                                                 =================  =================


The Bank had  nonaccrual  loans of $155,168 and $385,782 at October 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively, which in management's opinion did not meet the definition of
impaired.  Interest  income on loans would have been increased by  approximately
$15,000 and $23,000,  respectively,  if these loans had  performed in accordance
with their original terms.

At October 31, 2003 and 2002,  respectively,  the recorded  investment  in loans
which were  considered  to be impaired was $214,672 and  $157,301,  of which all
were  nonaccrual.  In  addition,   $16,453  and  $41,517,  for  2003  and  2002,
respectively,  of the  related  allowance  for loan  losses  was  allocated  for
impaired  loans.  The average  recorded  investment in impaired loans during the
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively,  was $109,746 and $159,364.
For the years  ended  October 31, 2003 and 2002,  the Bank  recognized  interest
income on impaired loans of $34,471 and $11,227, respectively.

In the normal course of business, loans are extended to officers, directors, and
corporations  in  which  they  are  beneficially   interested  as  stockholders,
officers,  or  directors.  A summary of loan  activity  for those  officers  and
directors  with  aggregate loan balances in excess of $60,000 for the year ended
October 31, 2003, is as follows:

                                        Amounts
        2002          Additions        Collected        2003
      ----------   ----------------   -----------    -----------

      $ 540,230       $       -       $  81,073      $ 459,157


4.       FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK STOCK

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. As a member, the Bank
maintains an  investment  in the capital  stock of the FHLB of  Pittsburgh in an
amount not less than 70 basis points of the  outstanding  unused FHLB  borrowing
capacity and one twentieth of its  outstanding  FHLB  borrowings,  as calculated
throughout the year.

                                      F-12



5.      PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following:

                                               2003               2002
                                           ---------------  -----------------

     Land                                  $      150,000   $        150,000
     Buildings and leasehold improvements       1,309,924          1,295,555
     Furniture, fixtures, and equipment         1,502,128          1,354,476
                                           ---------------  -----------------
                                                2,962,052          2,800,031
     Less accumulated depreciation              1,813,059          1,675,634
                                           ---------------  -----------------

          Total                            $    1,148,993   $      1,124,397
                                           ===============  =================


Depreciation  expense  amounted to  $137,612  and  $207,795  for the years ended
October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

6.       DEPOSITS

Deposit accounts are summarized at October 31, as follows:



                                                2003                          2002
                                        -----------------------      -----------------------
                                        Amount              %             Amount         %
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

                                                                        
Non interest-bearing demand             $   2,889,656      4.0  %    $   2,478,535      3.5 %
NOW accounts                                3,232,298      4.5           2,362,208      3.4
Money market deposit                        4,612,594      6.5           3,885,936      5.6
Savings                                     9,683,297     13.4           8,569,198     12.2
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------
                                           20,417,845     28.4          17,295,877     24.7
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

Time certificates of deposit:
     0.90 - 2.00%                          13,400,400     18.5             100,578      0.1
     2.01 - 4.00%                          18,534,202     25.6          26,451,371     37.8
     4.01 - 6.00%                          18,953,245     26.2          24,926,897     35.6
     6.01 - 8.00%                             967,142      1.3           1,240,387      1.8
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------
                                           51,854,989     71.6          52,719,233     75.3
                                        --------------  -------      --------------  -------

               Total                    $  72,272,834    100.0  %    $  70,015,110    100.0 %
                                        ==============  =======      ==============  =======


The schedule  maturities of time  certificates of deposit as of October 31, 2003
are as follows:

Within one year                                     $  21,716,551
Beyond one year but within two years                    6,186,512
Beyond two years but within three years                 6,476,535
Beyond three years but within four years                6,562,823
Beyond four years but within five years                10,912,568
                                                    --------------

                                                    $  51,854,989
                                                    ==============


Time deposits  include  certificates of deposit in  denominations of $100,000 or
more. Such deposits aggregated $9,083,688 and $8,992,436 at October 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively.

                                      F-13


6.      DEPOSITS (Continued)

The scheduled  maturities of time  certificates of deposit in  denominations  of
$100,000 or more at October 31, 2003, are as follows:

  Within three months                                  1,579,498
  Three through six months                               777,973
  Six through twelve months                            1,395,465
  Over twelve months                                   5,330,752
                                                   --------------

                                                       9,083,688
                                                   ==============


Interest expense by deposit category is as follows:

                                                        2003           2002
                                                   --------------  -------------

NOW                                                $      36,174   $     38,586
Money market                                              80,146         97,340
Savings                                                  146,084        177,980
Time certificates of deposit                           1,965,405      2,391,424
                                                   --------------  -------------

      Total                                        $   2,227,809   $  2,705,330
                                                   ==============  =============


7.       FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS

The following tables set forth information concerning advances with the FHLB:



                                          Weighted        Stated
                           Maturity       average        interest             At December 31,
       Description           Date      interest rate       rate            2003            2002
   ---------------------  -----------  ---------------   ---------     -------------   --------------

                                                                       
   Convertible             2/18/2010             5.91 %      5.91 %     $ 1,000,000      $ 1,000,000
   Fixed rate              8/20/2008             6.24        6.24         1,500,000        1,500,000
   Fixed rate amortizing   11/3/2005             6.47        6.47           137,204          194,342
   Line                    4/5/2004              1.31        1.31         4,000,000        4,000,000
                                                                        ------------   --------------

                                                                        $ 6,637,204      $ 6,694,342
                                                                        ===========      ===========



Maturities of other borrowings at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                           2003                              2002
                 -------------------------------   -----------------------------
   Year Ending                    Weighted-                         Weighted-
   October 31,       Amount      average Rate          Amount      average Rate
 --------------- ------------  -----------------   ------------  ---------------

       2003      $         -           -           $    57,138        2.04%
       2004        4,060,946        1.38%            4,060,946        6.47%
       2005           65,009        6.47%               65,009        6.47%
       2006           11,249        6.47%               11,249        6.47%
       2008        1,500,000        6.24%            1,500,000        6.24%
       2010        1,000,000        5.91%            1,000,000        5.91%
                 -----------                       -----------
                 $ 6,637,204        3.22%          $ 6,694,342        3.65%
                 ===========                       ===========


                                      F-14



7.      FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS (Continued)

FHLB "RepoPlus" advances are short-term  borrowings that mature within one year,
bear a variable  rate of interest  that  adjusts  daily,  and are not subject to
prepayment penalties. The Bank has a maximum borrowing capacity of $58.8 million
with the FHLB at October 31, 2003.

The Bank entered into a ten-year  "Convertible  Select" fixed commitment advance
arrangement  for  $1,000,000  with the FHLB.  Rates  may be reset at the  FHLB's
discretion  on a quarterly  basis based on the  three-month  LIBOR rate. At each
rate  change  the Bank may  exercise a put option  and  satisfy  the  obligation
without penalty.

All  borrowings  from  the FHLB  are  secured  by a  blanket  lien on  qualified
collateral,  defined  principally  as investment  securities  and mortgage loans
which are owned by the Bank free and clear of any liens or encum-brances.

8.       INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of:

                                                 2003                2002
                                            ----------------    ---------------
    Federal tax expense:
         Current                            $       151,955     $  263,429
         Deferred                                    77,339         25,571
                                            ----------------    ---------------
                                                    229,294        289,000
    State and local
         Current                                     60,691         74,999
                                            ----------------    ---------------

         Total                              $       289,985     $  363,999
                                            ================    ===============


The tax effects of deductible and taxable  temporary  differences that gave rise
to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities,
respectively, at October 31 are as follows:

                                                    2003             2002
                                               --------------   ---------------
Deferred tax assets:
    Allowance for loan losses                  $     84,674     $      79,728
    Allowance for REO losses                          6,100            23,710
    Premises and equipment                                -            26,362
    Nonaccrual interest                               6,627            16,630
    Net unrealized loss on securities                50,727                 -
                                               --------------   ---------------
         Total gross deferred tax assets            148,128           146,430
                                               --------------   ---------------

Deferred tax liabilities:
    Premises and equipment                            28,310                -
    Net unrealized gain on securities                      -          128,361
                                               --------------   ---------------
         Total gross deferred tax liabilities         28,310          128,361
                                               --------------   ---------------

         Net deferred tax assets               $     119,818    $      18,069
                                               ==============   ===============

No valuation  allowance was established at October 31, 2003 and 2002, in view of
the Bank's  ability to carryback to taxes paid in previous years and certain tax
strategies  coupled with the  anticipated  future taxable income as evidenced by
the Bank's earnings potential.

                                      F-15


8.      INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate and the Bank's effective income
tax rate are as follows:



                                                2003                        2002
                                         ------------------------    --------------------
                                                           % of                    % of
                                                         Pre-tax                  Pre-tax
                                          Amount          Income      Amount      Income
                                         ---------   ------------    ---------   --------

                                                                     
Provision of statutory rate              $287,524         34.0 %    $303,546       34.0 %
State tax expense,
  net of federal tax                       40,056          4.7        49,499        5.5
Tax-exempt                                (22,322)        (2.7)       (5,415)      (0.6)
Other, net                                (15,273)        (1.8)       16,369        1.8
                                         ---------   ----------     ---------   --------
Actual tax expense and
  effective rate                         $289,985         34.2 %    $363,999       40.7 %
                                         =========   ==========     =========   ========



The Bank is subject to the Pennsylvania  Mutual Thrift  Institutions Tax that is
calculated at 11.5 percent of earnings based on accounting  principles generally
accepted in the United States of America with certain adjustments.

9.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments
- -----------

In the normal course of business, management makes various commitments which are
not  reflected in the  accom-panying  financial  statements.  These  commitments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess
of the amount  recognized in the balance  sheet.  The Bank's  exposure to credit
loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by the  other  parties  to the  financial
instruments  is represented by the  contractual  amounts as disclosed.  The Bank
minimizes its exposure to credit loss under these commitments by subjecting them
to credit approval and review procedures and collateral requirements,  as deemed
necessary, in compliance with lending policy guidelines.  Generally, collateral,
usually in the form of real estate, is required to support financial instruments
with credit risk.

The off-balance sheet commitments were comprised of the following:

                                                  2003               2002
                                            -----------------  -----------------

     Commitments to extend credit           $      3,272,732   $      1,575,734


The commitments  outstanding at October 31, 2003,  contractually  mature in less
than one year.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement.  These
commitments are comprised  primarily of available  commercial and personal lines
of credit and loans  approved  but not yet funded.  Commitments  generally  have
fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a
fee.

Contingent Liabilities
- ----------------------

The Bank is involved in various legal actions from the normal course of business
activities. Management believes the liability, if any, arising from such actions
will not have a material adverse effect on the Bank's financial position.

                                      F-16


10.     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The  Bank  currently  sponsors  a 401(k)  savings  plan  for  substantially  all
employees  and officers of the Bank.  Under the terms of the plan,  the Bank may
match  eligible  employee  contributions  at  the  discretion  of the  Board  of
Directors not to exceed  amounts  allowable by law. All employees  with at least
one year of  service  who work  over  1,000  hours  per  year  are  eligible  to
participate in the plan. The Bank contributes 100 percent of the first 4 percent
of an  employee's  contribution  and 50  percent  of the next 2  percent,  for a
maximum match of 5 percent.  Such matching  contributions vest over a three-year
period. The Bank made contributions of approximately $39,000 and $31,000 for the
years ended October 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

11.      REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

Regulatory Capital Requirements
- -------------------------------

Federal  regulations  require the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts of capital.
Specifically,  each is required to maintain  certain  minimum dollar amounts and
ratios of Total and Tier I capital to  risk-weighted  assets and of Core capital
to average total assets.

In  addition  to  the  capital  requirements,   the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act  ("FDICIA")  established  five capital  categories
ranging from "well  capitalized"  to "critically  undercapitalized."  Should any
institution  fail  to  meet  the  requirements  to  be  considered   "adequately
capitalized,"  it would become subject to a series of  increasingly  restrictive
regulatory actions.

As of October 31, 2003 and 2002,  the Office of Thrift  Supervision  categorized
the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt
corrective action. To be classified as a well capitalized financial institution,
Total risk-based,  Tier 1 risk-based,  Core capital, and Tangible equity capital
ratios must be at least 10.0 percent, 6.0 percent, 5.0 percent, and 1.5 percent,
respectively.

The Bank's actual  capital ratios are presented in the following  tables,  which
show that the Bank met all regulatory capital requirements.

The following table  reconciles the Bank's capital under  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States of America to regulatory capital.


                                                        2003           2002
                                                    -------------  -----------

     Total retained earnings                          $7,671,658   $7,386,891
     Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss        83,900     (187,158)
                                                      -----------  -----------

     Tier I, core, and tangible capital                7,755,558    7,199,733

     Allowance for loan losses                           262,561      266,700
                                                      -----------  -----------

     Total risk-based capital                         $8,018,119   $7,466,433
                                                      ===========  ===========


                                      F-17


11.     REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS (Continued)

Regulatory Capital Requirements
- -------------------------------

The Bank's actual capital ratios are presented in the following table:



                                                2003                            2002
                                     ---------------------------     --------------------------
                                        Amount          Ratio           Amount         Ratio
                                     --------------  -----------     -------------   ----------
                                                                          

Total Capital
  (to Risk-weighted Assets)
  -------------------------

Actual                               $ 8,018,119         21.0 %       $ 7,466,433        20.7 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          3,049,680          8.0           2,878,000         8.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 3,812,100         10.0           3,597,500        10.0

Tier I Capital
  (to Risk-weighted Assets)
  -------------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558         20.3 %       $ 7,199,733        20.0 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          1,524,840          4.0           1,439,000         4.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 2,287,260          6.0           2,158,500         6.0

Core Capital
  (to Adjusted Assets)
  --------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558          8.9 %       $ 7,199,733         8.4 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          3,500,132          4.0           3,423,067         4.0
To Be Well Capitalized                 4,375,165          5.0           4,278,834         5.0

Tangible Capital
  (to Adjusted Assets)
  --------------------

Actual                               $ 7,755,558          8.9 %       $ 7,199,733         8.4 %
For Capital Adequacy Purposes          1,312,550          1.5           1,283,650         1.5
To Be Well Capitalized                       N/A          N/A                 N/A         N/A



                                     F-18



12.      FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE

The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as follows:



                                                          2003                           2002
                                              ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                 Carrying         Fair          Carrying        Fair
                                                  Value           Value           Value         Value
                                              -------------   -------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                                 
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                $  6,303,891       6,303,891    $  7,300,707     7,300,707
     Cerfiticates of deposit in other
       financial institutions                      183,483         184,000         178,744       179,000
     Investment Securities
        Available for sale                      27,337,238      27,337,238      23,491,988    23,491,988
     Net loans receivable                       50,729,660      53,767,557      51,689,179    54,832,889
     Accrued interest receivable                   482,538         482,538         495,369       495,369
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                  735,000         735,000         642,100       642,100

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits                                   72,272,834      73,962,039      70,015,110    72,923,517
     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings           6,637,204       6,977,845       6,694,342     6,978,145
     Accrued interest payable                       49,703          49,703          74,126        74,126



Financial  instruments are defined as cash, evidence of ownership interest in an
entity, or a contract which creates an obligation or right to receive or deliver
cash or another  financial  instrument  from/to a second  entity on  potentially
favorable or unfavorable terms.

Fair value is defined as the  amount at which a  financial  instrument  could be
exchanged  in a current  transaction  between  willing  parties  other than in a
forced  or  liquidation  sale.  If a  quoted  market  price is  available  for a
financial  instrument,  the estimated fair value would be calculated  based upon
the market price per trading unit of the instrument.

If no readily  available  market exists,  the fair value estimates for financial
instruments  should  be  based  upon  management's  judgment  regarding  current
economic  conditions,  interest rate risk, expected cash flows, future estimated
losses,  and other factors as determined through various option pricing formulas
or simulation modeling.  As many of these assumptions result from judgments made
by management based upon estimates which are inherently uncertain, the resulting
estimated fair values may not be indicative of the amount realizable in the sale
of a particular  financial  instrument.  In addition,  changes in assumptions on
which the estimated  fair values are based may have a significant  impact on the
resulting estimated fair values.

As certain assets such as deferred tax assets and premises and equipment are not
considered  financial  instruments,   the  estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments would not represent the full value of the Bank.

The Bank employed simulation modeling in determining the estimated fair value of
financial  instruments  for which quoted market prices were not available  based
upon the following assumptions:

Cash and Cash Equivalents,  Accrued Interest Receivable,  Federal Home Loan Bank
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock, and Accrued Interest Payable
- -----------------------------------

The fair value is equal to the current carrying value.

Investment Securities Available for Sale
- ----------------------------------------

The  fair  value of  investment  securities  available  for sale is equal to the
available  quoted  market price.  If no quoted  market price is available,  fair
value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar securities.


                                      F-19


12.     FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE (Continued)

Loans  Receivable,  Certificates  of  Deposit in other  Financial  Institutions,
Deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

The fair value for loans is estimated by discounting  contractual cash flows and
adjusting  for  prepayment  estimates.  Discount  rates  are  based  upon  rates
generally charged for such loans with similar characteristics.  Demand, savings,
and money market deposit  accounts are valued at the amount payable on demand as
of  year-end.  Fair  values  for  certificates  of  deposit  in other  financial
institutions, time deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are estimated
using  a  discounted  cash  flow  calculation  that  applies  contractual  costs
currently being offered in the existing  portfolio to current market rates being
offered for products of similar remaining maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit
- ----------------------------

These  financial  instruments  are generally not subject to sale,  and estimated
fair values are not readily  available.  The carrying value,  represented by the
net deferred fee arising from the unrecognized  commitment,  and the fair value,
determined by  discounting  the remaining  contractual  fee over the term of the
commitment  using fees currently  charged to enter into similar  agreements with
similar credit risk, are not considered material for disclosure. The contractual
amounts of unfunded commitments are presented in Note 9.

14.      PLAN OF CONVERSION

On January 15, 2004,  the Board of Directors of the Bank,  subject to regulatory
approval, ratified a Plan of Conversion (the "Plan") to convert from a federally
chartered  mutual savings  institituion  to a federally  chartered stock savings
institution.  The Bank will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of a concurrently
formed holding  company.  The plan provides that the holding  company will offer
nontransferable  subscription  rights to  purchase  common  stock of the holding
company.  The rights will be offered  first to  eligible  account  holders,  the
tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plans,  supplemental  eligible  account
holders  and other  members.  Any  shares  remaining  may then be offered to the
general public.

The Plan provides for the establishment, upon completion of the conversion, of a
special  "liquidation  account" in an amount equal to the Bank's net worth as of
the latest  practicable  date prior to the  conversion.  This account is for the
benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders in
the event of liquidation  of the Bank.  The interest as to each deposit  account
will be in the same proportion of the total  liquidation  account as the balance
of the deposit account on the qualifying  dates was to the aggregate  balance of
all deposit account of eligible account holders and supplemental account holders
on  the  qualifying  dates.  The  liquidation  account  will  be  reduced  in  a
proportionate  amount if the amount in any deposit account on any annual closing
date is less that it was on the respective  qualifying  dates.  The  liquidation
account will not be increased  despite any increase in a deposit  account  after
the respective qualifying dates.

The  regulations  of the OTS prohibit  the Bank from  declaring or paying a cash
dividend if the effect thereof would cause the Bank's  regulatory  capital to be
reduced  below  either the amount  required for the  liquidation  account or the
federal  regulatory  capital  requirement  in  section  567.2 of the  Rules  and
Regulations of the OTS.

Costs  associated  with the  conversion  will be deferred and deducted  from the
proceeds  of the  stock  offering.  If,  for any  reason,  the  offering  is not
successful,  the deferred costs will be charged to operations. As of October 31,
2003, there were no costs associated with the conversion that have been deferred
and presented as other assets.

                                      F-20



You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to that to
which we have  referred you. We have not  authorized  anyone to provide you with
information  that is different.  This  document does not  constitute an offer to
sell,  or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy, any of the  securities  offered
hereby to any person in any  jurisdiction  in which  such offer or  solicitation
would be unlawful.  The affairs of SE Financial Corp. and its  subsidiaries  may
change  after the date of this  prospectus.  Delivery of this  document  and the
sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.





                            (SE Financial Corp. logo)


                               SE Financial Corp.
        (Proposed Holding Company for St. Edmond's Federal Savings Bank)



                     Up to 2,012,500 Shares of Common Stock
                 (Subject to Increase to up to 2,314,375 Shares)



                                   ----------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                   ----------


                        Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.


                                 March __, 2004



Until the later of  _____________,  2004, or 90 days after  commencement  of the
offering, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  prospectus.
This is in addition  to the  obligation  of the dealers to deliver a  prospectus
when acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.




                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.          Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

         Article 10 of the Articles of  Incorporation of SE Financial Corp. sets
forth circumstances under which directors,  officers, employees and agents of SE
Financial Corp. may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur
in their capacities as such.

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Conversion

         Special counsel legal fees..............................   $ 75,000
*        Printing and postage....................................     25,000
*        Appraisal/Business Plan.................................     30,000
*        Accounting fees.........................................     35,000
*        Data processing/Conversion agent........................     10,000
*        SEC Registration Fee....................................      2,000
*        OTS Filing Fees.........................................     12,000
*        SEC EDGAR Filings.......................................     10,000
*        Blue Sky legal and filing fees..........................     10,000
*        Underwriting fees, including expenses and legal fees....    281,000
*        Stock Certificates......................................      2,000
*        Transfer Agent..........................................      6,000
*        Reimbursable and other expenses.........................     15,000
                                                                    --------
              TOTAL..............................................   $513,000
                                                                    ========
- -----------------
*        Estimated, at supermax.

Item 26.          Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

                  Not Applicable

Item 27.          Exhibits:

                  The exhibits filed as part of this Registration  Statement are
as follows:



                      
                   1       Form of Agency Agreement with Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.*
                   2       Plan of Conversion of SE Financial Corp.
                   3(i)    Articles of Incorporation of SE Financial Corp.
                   3(ii)   Bylaws of SE Financial Corp.
                   4       Specimen Stock Certificate of SE Financial Corp.
                   5       Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC regarding legality of securities registered
                   8.1     Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC
                   8.2     State Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC
                  10.1     Executive Life Insurance Plan*
                  10.2     Incentive Retirement Plan*
                  21       Subsidiaries
                  23.1     Consent of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC (contained in its opinions filed as Exhibits
                           5, 8.1 and 8.2)

                                      II-1





                  23.2     Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, A.C.
                  23.3     Consent of FinPro, Inc.
                  24       Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
                  99.1     Stock Order Form*
                  99.2     Marketing Materials*
                  99.3     Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights
                  99.4     Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report prepared by FinPro, Inc.*


- ----------------
*        To be filed.

Item 28. Undertakings

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file,  during any period in which it offers or sells securities,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

                    (i)    Include any prospectus required  by  Section 10(a)(3)
of the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act");

                   (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  which
individually or together,  represent a fundamental  change in the information in
the  registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any increase or
decrease  in  volume  of  securities  offered  (if the  total  dollar  value  of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation
from  the  low or  high  end of the  estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be
reflected in the form of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
424(b) if, in the aggregate,  the changes in volume and price  represent no more
than a 20  percent  change  in the  maximum  offering  price  set  forth  in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

                  (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information
on the plan of distribution.

         (2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, the undersigned
registrant  shall  treat each  post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration
statement of the securities offered,  and the offering of the securities at that
time to be the initial bona fide offering.

         (3) The undersigned registrant shall file a post-effective amendment to
remove from  registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of
the offering.

         (4) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         (5)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other

                                      II-2



than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses  incurred or paid by a
director,  officer or  controlling  person of the small  business  issuer in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-3



                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  in  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, on January 23, 2004.

                                          SE FINANCIAL CORP.


                                 By:      /s/ Frank S. DePaolo
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Frank S. DePaolo
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
                                          (Duly Authorized Representative)

         We the  undersigned  directors  and officers of SE Financial  Corp.  do
hereby  severally  constitute  and  appoint  Frank  DePaolo  our true and lawful
attorney  and  agent,  to do any and all  things  and  acts in our  names in the
capacities  indicated  below and to execute  all  instruments  for us and in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below  which  said Frank  DePaolo  may deem
necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  SE  Financial  Corp.  to  comply  with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules,  regulations and requirements
of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in connection with the registration
statement on Form SB-2  relating to the offering of SE  Financial  Corp.  common
stock,  including  specifically  but not limited to, power and authority to sign
for us or any  of us,  in our  names  in the  capacities  indicated  below,  the
registration  statement  and any and all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments)  thereto;  and we hereby  ratify and confirm all that Frank  DePaolo
shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated as of January 23, 2004.


/s/ Frank S. DePaolo                    /s/ Marcy C. Panzer
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Frank S. DePaolo                        Marcy C. Panzer
President and Chief Executive Officer   Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Gilbert Barsky                      /s/ Samuel Barsky
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Gilbert Barsky                          Samuel Barsky
Director                                Director


                                        /s/ Andrew A. Hines
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
P. Charles DeRita                       Andrew A. Hines
Director                                Director


                                      II-4






                                             /s/ Megan L. Mahoney
- -------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
Ben Kovnat                                   Megan L. Mahoney
Director                                     Director



/s/ J. William Parker, Jr.
- -------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
J. William Parker, Jr.                       Nicholas M. Renzi
Director                                     Director



/s/ William F. Saldutti, III
- -------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
William F. Saldutti, III                     Susanne Spinell Shuster
Director                                     Director


/s/ Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.
- -------------------------------------
Joseph Sidebotham, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)


                                      II-5



As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 2004
                                                           Registration No. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                   EXHIBITS TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                               SE Financial Corp.
      --------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Exact name of Small Business Issuer as specified in charter)


            Pennsylvania                       6035              Applied For
- -------------------------------------    -----------------    ------------------
(State or other jurisdiction             (Primary SIC No.)   (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                            Identification No.)


       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices and
                          principal place of business)


                         Mr. Frank S. DePaolo, President
       1901-03 East Passyunk Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19148-2220
                                  215-468-1700
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)




                  Please send copies of all communications to:
     Samuel J. Malizia, Esq.                Kent Krudys, Esq.
     Tiffany A. Hasselman, Esq.             LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK, P.C.
     MALIZIA SPIDI & FISCH, PC              5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
     1100 New York Ave., N.W.               Suite 400
     Suite 340 West                         Washington, DC 20015-2005
     Washington, D.C.  20005                (202) 274-2000
     (202) 434-4660



        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.




                         INDEX TO EXHIBITS TO FORM SB-2



         Exhibit
         -------

                     
           1               Form of Agency Agreement with Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.*
           2               Plan of Conversion of SE Financial Corp.
           3(i)            Articles of Incorporation of SE Financial Corp.
           3(ii)           Bylaws of SE Financial Corp.
           4               Specimen Stock Certificate of SE Financial Corp.
           5               Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC regarding legality of securities registered
           8.1             Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC
           8.2             State Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC
         10.1              Executive Life Insurance Plan*
         10.2              Incentive Retirement Plan*
          21               Subsidiaries
          23.1             Consent of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC (contained in its opinions filed as Exhibits
                           5, 8.1 and 8.2)
          23.2             Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, A.C.
          23.3             Consent of FinPro, Inc.
          24               Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)
          99.1             Stock Order Form*
          99.2             Marketing Materials*
          99.3             Opinion of FinPro, Inc. as to the value of subscription rights
          99.4             Conversion Valuation Appraisal Report prepared by FinPro, Inc.*


- ----------------
*        To be filed.